1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TreeTransform.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
46 using namespace clang;
49 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
50 /// emitting diagnostics.
51 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
52 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
53 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
56 // See if this is a deleted function.
57 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
61 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
62 // then we can't use it either.
63 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
64 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
68 // See if this function is unavailable.
69 if (D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
70 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
76 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
77 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
78 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
79 const Decl *DC = cast<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
80 if (!DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
81 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
85 static AvailabilityResult DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S,
86 NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
87 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
88 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
89 // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
92 // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition.
93 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
94 if (IDecl->getDefinition())
95 D = IDecl->getDefinition();
97 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
98 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
99 if (Result == AR_Available) {
100 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
101 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
102 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(&Message);
105 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr;
106 if (Result == AR_Deprecated || Result == AR_Unavailable) {
107 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
108 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
109 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr);
110 if (PDeclResult == Result)
118 case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
122 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Deprecated)
123 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema::AD_Deprecation,
124 D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl,
129 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
130 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema::AD_Unavailable,
131 D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl,
139 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
140 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
141 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
143 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
145 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
146 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
147 if (!Method->isImplicit())
148 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
150 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
151 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
152 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
153 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
154 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, /*Diagnose=*/true);
159 if (CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl)) {
160 if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCD =
161 const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(CD->getInheritedConstructor())) {
162 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_inherited_deleted_here);
163 if (BaseCD->isDeleted()) {
164 NoteDeletedFunction(BaseCD);
166 // FIXME: An explanation of why exactly it can't be inherited
168 Diag(BaseCD->getLocation(), diag::note_cannot_inherit);
174 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
178 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
179 /// explicit storage class.
180 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
181 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
182 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
188 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
189 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
191 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
192 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
193 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
194 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
195 /// prove that there are errors.
196 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
198 SourceLocation Loc) {
199 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
200 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
201 // correct but benign.
202 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
205 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
206 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
209 if (!Current->isInlined())
211 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
214 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
215 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
218 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
219 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
220 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
221 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
222 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
223 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
224 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
225 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
226 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
227 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
228 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
230 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
231 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
232 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
234 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
236 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
240 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
241 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
243 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
244 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
245 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
246 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
247 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
251 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
252 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
254 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
255 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
256 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
257 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
258 /// function is being used.
260 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
261 /// referenced), false otherwise.
263 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
264 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
265 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
266 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
267 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
269 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap::iterator
270 Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
271 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
272 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
273 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
274 Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);
276 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
277 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
278 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
279 // diagnostics again.
283 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
284 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
285 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
286 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
289 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
290 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
291 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
296 // See if this is a deleted function.
297 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
298 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
300 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
304 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
305 // then we can't use it either.
306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
307 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
310 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess);
312 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
314 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
319 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
320 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
322 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
324 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
325 return ": " + Message;
327 return std::string();
330 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
331 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
332 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
334 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
335 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
336 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
340 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
341 unsigned numFormalParams;
343 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
345 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
347 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
348 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
349 calleeType = CT_Method;
350 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
351 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
352 calleeType = CT_Function;
353 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
354 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
355 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
356 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
357 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
359 calleeType = CT_Function;
360 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
361 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
362 calleeType = CT_Block;
367 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
368 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
376 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
377 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
378 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
379 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
380 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
381 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
382 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
384 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
385 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
387 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
388 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
389 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
391 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
395 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
396 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
397 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
398 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
399 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
401 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
402 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
403 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
404 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
405 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
406 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
407 std::string NullValue;
408 if (calleeType == CT_Method &&
409 PP.getIdentifierInfo("nil")->hasMacroDefinition())
411 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
412 NullValue = "nullptr";
413 else if (PP.getIdentifierInfo("NULL")->hasMacroDefinition())
416 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
418 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
419 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
421 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
423 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
424 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
427 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
428 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
431 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
432 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
433 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
435 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
436 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
437 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
438 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
439 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
440 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
444 QualType Ty = E->getType();
445 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
447 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
448 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
449 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
450 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
451 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
454 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
455 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
456 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
457 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
458 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
459 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
460 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
461 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
462 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
465 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
466 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
468 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
469 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
470 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
475 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
476 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
477 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
478 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
479 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
480 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
481 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
482 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
483 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
484 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
485 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
486 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
487 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
488 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
489 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
490 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
494 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
495 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
497 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
501 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
502 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
503 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
506 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
507 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
509 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
510 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
511 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
512 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
513 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
514 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
515 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
517 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
518 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
519 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
520 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
521 if (ObjectSetClass) {
522 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
523 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
524 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
525 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
527 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
530 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
532 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
533 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
534 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
535 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
537 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
538 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
539 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
540 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
541 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
543 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
545 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
550 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
551 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
552 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
553 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
554 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
558 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
559 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
560 // converted to a prvalue.
561 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
563 QualType T = E->getType();
564 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
566 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
567 // expressions of certain types in C++.
568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
569 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
570 T->isDependentType() ||
574 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
575 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
576 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
577 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
578 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
582 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
583 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
585 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
590 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
591 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
592 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
593 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
594 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
596 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
597 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
598 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
599 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
601 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
603 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
604 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
605 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
607 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
608 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
609 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
613 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
614 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
615 // type of the lvalue.
616 if (T.hasQualifiers())
617 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
619 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
621 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
623 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
624 E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
625 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
627 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
631 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
632 // of the type of the lvalue ...
633 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
634 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
635 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
642 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
643 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
646 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
652 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
653 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
654 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
655 QualType Ty = E->getType();
657 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
659 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
660 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
661 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
665 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
671 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
672 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
673 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
674 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
675 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
676 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
677 // First, convert to an r-value.
678 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
683 QualType Ty = E->getType();
684 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
686 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
687 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
688 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
690 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
692 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
695 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
696 // unsigned int may be used:
697 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
698 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
700 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
702 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
703 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
704 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
705 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
707 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
709 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
712 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
713 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
714 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
721 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
722 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
723 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
724 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
725 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
726 QualType Ty = E->getType();
727 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
729 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
734 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
736 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
737 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
738 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float))
739 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
741 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
742 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
743 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
744 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
745 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
746 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
747 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
748 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
749 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
750 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
751 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
753 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
754 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
756 if (Temp.isInvalid())
764 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
765 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
766 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
767 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
768 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
769 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
770 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
771 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
774 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
775 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
776 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
777 if (Ty->isVoidType())
780 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
785 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
788 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
789 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
790 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
791 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
792 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
793 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
794 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
795 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
796 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
797 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
798 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
800 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
803 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
806 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
807 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
809 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
810 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
811 return VAK_Undefined;
814 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
815 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
816 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
817 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
819 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
821 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
823 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
824 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
828 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
829 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
830 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
831 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
832 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
833 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
838 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
840 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
841 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
842 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
846 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
848 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
849 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
852 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
853 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
858 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
859 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
860 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
861 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
862 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
863 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
864 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
865 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
866 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
867 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
869 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
871 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
872 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
878 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
879 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
883 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
884 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
885 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
886 // Turn this into a trap.
888 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
890 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
892 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
894 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
897 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
898 E->getLocStart(), None,
900 if (Call.isInvalid())
903 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
905 if (Comma.isInvalid())
910 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
911 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
912 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
918 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
919 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
921 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
922 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
923 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
924 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
928 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
929 if (SkipCast) return false;
930 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
931 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
932 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
933 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
934 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
936 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
937 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
938 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
943 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
944 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
945 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
946 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
949 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
950 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
953 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
954 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
957 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
958 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
959 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
960 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
961 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
962 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
963 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
964 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
965 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
966 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
968 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
969 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
971 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
972 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
973 QualType LHSElementType =
974 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
975 QualType RHSElementType =
976 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
978 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
980 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
981 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
985 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
987 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
989 } else if (Order > 0) {
990 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
992 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
994 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
999 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1000 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1001 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1002 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1003 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1004 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1005 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1007 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1008 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1009 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1013 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1014 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1015 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1017 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1019 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1020 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1022 // float -> _Complex float
1024 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1025 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1030 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1031 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1032 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1033 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1034 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1035 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1036 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1038 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1039 // to the bigger result.
1040 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1041 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1043 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1047 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1049 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1054 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1055 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1056 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1058 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1059 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1060 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1063 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1066 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1067 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1068 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1069 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1072 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1073 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1074 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1078 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1079 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1080 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1081 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1082 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1083 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1084 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1085 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1086 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1087 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1088 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1089 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1091 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1093 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1094 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1096 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1097 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1098 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1100 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1102 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1103 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1105 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1106 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1107 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1108 // use the signed type.
1110 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1112 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1113 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1116 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1117 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1118 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1119 // to the signed type.
1121 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1122 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1124 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1129 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1130 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1131 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1132 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1134 bool IsCompAssign) {
1135 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1136 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1138 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1139 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1140 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1141 QualType ScalarType =
1142 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1143 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1145 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1148 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1149 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1150 QualType ScalarType =
1151 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1152 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1153 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1154 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1155 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1160 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1162 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1163 QualType ScalarType =
1164 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1165 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1166 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1169 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1170 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1174 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1175 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1176 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1177 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1178 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1179 bool IsCompAssign) {
1180 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1181 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1182 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1186 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1187 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1190 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1191 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1193 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1195 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1197 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1198 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1199 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1201 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1202 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1205 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1206 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1207 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1210 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1211 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1212 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1213 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1214 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1215 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1216 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1217 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1218 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1220 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1221 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1224 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1226 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1227 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1228 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1231 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1232 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1233 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1236 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1237 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1238 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1241 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1242 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1243 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1247 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1248 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1249 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1253 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1254 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1255 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1256 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1257 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1258 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1259 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1260 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1262 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1263 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1265 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1270 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1272 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1279 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1280 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1281 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1282 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1283 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1284 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1285 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1286 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1287 if (ControllingExpr->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
1288 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ControllingExpr);
1289 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1290 ControllingExpr = result.get();
1293 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1294 // likely unintended.
1295 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1296 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1297 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1298 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1300 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1301 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1302 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1303 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1305 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1306 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1307 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1310 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1311 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1313 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1314 IsResultDependent = true;
1316 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1317 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1319 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1320 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1321 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1322 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1323 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1324 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1327 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1328 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1329 << Types[i]->getType();
1330 TypeErrorFound = true;
1333 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1334 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1335 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1336 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1337 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1338 Types[j]->getType())) {
1339 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1340 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1341 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1342 << Types[j]->getType()
1343 << Types[i]->getType();
1344 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1345 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1346 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1347 << Types[i]->getType();
1348 TypeErrorFound = true;
1356 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1357 // try to compute the result expression.
1358 if (IsResultDependent)
1359 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1360 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1361 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1363 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1364 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1365 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1368 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1369 Types[i]->getType()))
1370 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1373 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1374 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1375 // association list."
1376 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1377 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1378 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1379 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1380 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1381 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1382 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1383 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
1384 E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1385 Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1386 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1387 << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1388 << Types[*I]->getType();
1393 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1394 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1395 // the types named in its generic association list."
1396 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1397 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1398 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1399 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1400 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1401 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1405 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1406 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1407 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1408 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1409 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1410 unsigned ResultIndex =
1411 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1413 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1414 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1415 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1418 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1419 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1420 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1422 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1426 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1427 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1428 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1429 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1430 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1431 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1432 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1433 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1436 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1437 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1438 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1439 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1442 DeclarationName OpName =
1443 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1444 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1445 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1447 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1448 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1449 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1450 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1453 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1456 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1457 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1458 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1459 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1463 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1464 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1466 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1467 if (Literal.hadError)
1470 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1471 for (unsigned i = 0; i != StringToks.size(); ++i)
1472 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
1474 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1475 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1476 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1477 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1478 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1479 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1480 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1481 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1482 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1483 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1484 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1485 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1486 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1487 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1488 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1491 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1492 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1494 CharTyConst.addConst();
1496 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1497 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1499 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1500 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1501 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1503 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1504 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1505 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1508 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1509 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1510 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1512 StringTokLocs.size());
1513 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1516 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1517 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1518 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1519 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1520 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1522 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1524 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1526 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1527 // operator "" X (str, len)
1528 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1530 DeclarationName OpName =
1531 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1532 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1533 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1535 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1536 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1539 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1540 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1541 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1542 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1545 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1546 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1548 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1550 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1553 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1554 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1556 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1557 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1558 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1560 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1561 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1562 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1564 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1565 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1566 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1567 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1568 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1570 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1575 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1579 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1583 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1585 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1586 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1587 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1590 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1591 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1593 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1594 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1595 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1596 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1597 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
1598 if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
1599 if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1600 if (CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Callee)) {
1601 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
1602 << IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) << D->getIdentifier()
1603 << IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller);
1604 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1605 << D->getIdentifier();
1610 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1612 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1615 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1616 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1617 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1619 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1620 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1621 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1622 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1623 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1625 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1626 " template specialization references");
1627 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1628 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1629 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1630 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1633 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1635 if (getLangOpts().ObjCARCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1636 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1637 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1638 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1640 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1641 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1642 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
1643 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1648 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1649 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1651 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1652 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1654 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1655 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1658 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1659 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1660 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1661 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1662 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1663 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1664 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1666 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1667 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1668 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1670 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1671 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1672 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1673 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1675 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1676 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1680 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1681 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1682 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1683 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1685 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1687 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1688 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1690 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1693 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1697 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1698 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1699 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1701 (TC.getCorrectionDecl() && isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(TC.getCorrectionDecl()))
1702 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1703 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1705 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1706 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1708 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1709 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1711 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1714 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1716 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1718 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1719 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1720 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1721 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1722 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1724 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1725 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1726 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1727 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1728 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1729 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1730 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1733 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1734 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1735 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1737 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isEmpty() && !CallsUndergoingInstantiation.empty())
1738 ? CurContext : nullptr;
1740 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1741 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1744 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1745 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1747 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1748 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1749 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1750 bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1751 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind ==
1752 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1753 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1754 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1755 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1756 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1759 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1760 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1761 // Actually quite difficult!
1762 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1763 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1765 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1766 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1767 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
1768 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
1770 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod;
1771 if (CurMethod->isDependentContext())
1772 DepMethod = CurMethod;
1773 else if (CurMethod->getTemplatedKind() ==
1774 FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization)
1775 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurMethod->getPrimaryTemplate()->
1776 getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl());
1778 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(
1779 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
1780 assert(DepMethod && "No template pattern found");
1782 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
1783 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1784 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
1785 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
1786 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
1787 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1788 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
1791 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1792 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
1793 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
1794 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
1795 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1796 ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), nullptr,
1797 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
1798 ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : nullptr);
1799 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
1801 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1804 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1805 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1806 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1808 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1809 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1810 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1811 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1812 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1813 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1817 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1824 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1825 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1826 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1828 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1829 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1830 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1831 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1833 DC = DC->getParent();
1836 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1837 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1839 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1840 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1841 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1842 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1843 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1844 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1845 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1846 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1848 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1851 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1852 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1853 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1854 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1855 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1856 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1857 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1859 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1860 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1861 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
1863 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1864 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1865 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1866 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1867 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
1868 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
1869 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
1870 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1871 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD))
1872 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1873 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1875 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
1876 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1877 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1880 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1882 ND = Best->Function;
1883 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1886 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
1887 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
1893 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1894 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
1895 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
1896 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1899 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1900 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
1901 R.setNamingClass(Record);
1904 AcceptableWithRecovery =
1905 isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
1906 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
1907 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
1908 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
1909 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
1910 // to recover well anyway.
1911 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
1912 isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1914 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
1915 // because we aren't able to recover.
1916 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
1919 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
1920 unsigned NoteID = (Corrected.getCorrectionDecl() &&
1921 isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()))
1922 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1923 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1925 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
1926 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1928 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1929 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1930 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
1931 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1933 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
1934 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
1939 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1940 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1941 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1942 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1943 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1948 // Give up, we can't recover.
1949 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1953 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
1954 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
1955 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
1956 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
1957 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
1958 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
1960 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
1961 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1962 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
1963 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1964 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
1965 // contexts where 'this' is available.
1966 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
1967 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
1968 if (!ThisType.isNull())
1969 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1970 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
1971 RD = MD->getParent();
1972 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
1975 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
1976 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
1977 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
1978 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
1979 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
1981 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
1982 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
1983 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
1984 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
1985 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
1986 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
1989 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
1990 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
1993 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
1994 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
1995 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
1996 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2001 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2002 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2003 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2004 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2005 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2006 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2007 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2011 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2013 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2014 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2015 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2016 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2018 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2019 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2020 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2022 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2023 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2024 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2025 // (note: handled after lookup)
2026 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2027 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2028 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2029 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2030 // names a dependent type.
2031 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2032 // we need to handle these differently.
2033 bool DependentID = false;
2034 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2035 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2037 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2038 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2039 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2047 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2048 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2050 // Perform the required lookup.
2051 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2052 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2053 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2055 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2056 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2057 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2058 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2059 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2060 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2061 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2062 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2064 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2065 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2066 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2067 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2072 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2074 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2075 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2076 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2078 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2079 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2080 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2081 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2085 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2090 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2093 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2094 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2095 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2096 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2097 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2100 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2101 // argument-dependent lookup.
2102 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2104 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2105 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2106 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2107 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2111 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2112 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2115 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2116 // call, diagnose the problem.
2117 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2118 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2119 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2120 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2121 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2122 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2124 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2125 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2127 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2129 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2130 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2131 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2132 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2133 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2134 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2135 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2136 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2137 if (State.DiagHandler)
2138 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2139 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2140 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2141 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2142 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2143 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2144 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2145 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2146 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2147 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2148 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2150 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2152 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2155 assert(!R.empty() &&
2156 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2158 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2159 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2160 // reference the ivar.
2161 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2163 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2164 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2165 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2166 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2172 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2173 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2175 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2176 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2177 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2178 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2179 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2180 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2181 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2182 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2183 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2185 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2186 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2187 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2188 // non-static member function:
2190 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2191 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2192 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2193 // member function call.
2195 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2196 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2197 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2199 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2200 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2201 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2202 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2203 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2204 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2205 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2206 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2207 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2208 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2210 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2211 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2212 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2214 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2215 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2219 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2221 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2222 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2223 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2224 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2225 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2226 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2227 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2230 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2233 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2236 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2237 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2238 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2241 Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2242 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2243 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2244 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2245 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2247 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2248 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2250 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2253 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2254 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2256 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2259 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2260 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2261 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2264 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2265 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2269 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2270 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2271 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2272 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2273 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2274 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2275 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2276 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2277 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2278 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2279 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2281 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2286 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2287 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2289 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2290 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2292 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2294 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2295 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2296 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2297 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2299 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2304 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2305 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2306 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2307 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2308 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2309 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2310 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2311 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2313 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2316 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2317 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2318 /// additional lookup.
2320 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2321 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2323 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2325 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2326 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2327 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2328 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2330 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2334 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2335 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2336 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2337 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2338 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2340 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2341 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2342 // ivar, that's an error.
2343 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2347 LookForIvars = true;
2348 else if (IsClassMethod)
2349 LookForIvars = false;
2351 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2352 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2353 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2355 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2356 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2357 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2358 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2359 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2361 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2362 << IV->getDeclName());
2364 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2365 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2366 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2369 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2370 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2373 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2374 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2375 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2376 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2377 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2379 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2380 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2381 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2382 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2383 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2384 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2385 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2386 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2387 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2388 SelfName, false, false);
2389 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2392 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2393 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2396 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2398 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2399 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2400 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2401 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2403 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2404 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, IV->getLocation(),
2405 SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2407 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2408 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2409 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2410 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2412 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2413 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2414 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2419 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2420 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2421 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2422 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2423 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2424 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2425 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2426 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2429 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2430 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2431 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2432 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2433 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2434 << IV->getDeclName());
2437 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2438 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2439 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2440 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2441 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2442 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2443 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2444 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2445 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2449 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2450 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2453 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2455 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2457 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2458 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2459 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2460 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2462 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2463 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2464 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2465 /// the class declaring the member.
2467 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2468 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2469 /// obey access control.
2471 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2472 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2473 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2474 NamedDecl *Member) {
2475 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2479 QualType DestRecordType;
2481 QualType FromRecordType;
2482 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2483 bool PointerConversions = false;
2484 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2485 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2487 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2488 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2489 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2490 PointerConversions = true;
2492 DestType = DestRecordType;
2493 FromRecordType = FromType;
2495 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2496 if (Method->isStatic())
2499 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2500 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2502 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2503 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2504 PointerConversions = true;
2506 FromRecordType = FromType;
2507 DestType = DestRecordType;
2510 // No conversion necessary.
2514 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2517 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2518 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2521 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2522 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2524 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2526 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2527 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2530 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2531 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2532 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2533 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2535 // class Base { public: int x; };
2536 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2537 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2538 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2540 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2541 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2542 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2544 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2545 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2546 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2548 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2550 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2551 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2552 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2553 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2554 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2555 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2556 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2559 if (PointerConversions)
2560 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2561 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2562 VK, &BasePath).get();
2565 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2567 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2569 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2574 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2576 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2577 // down to the using declaration's type.
2579 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2580 // class ever has member declarations.
2581 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2582 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2583 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2584 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2586 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2587 // conversion is non-trivial.
2588 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2589 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
2590 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2591 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2592 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2595 QualType UType = URecordType;
2596 if (PointerConversions)
2597 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2598 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2599 VK, &BasePath).get();
2601 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2604 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2605 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2606 IgnoreAccess = true;
2609 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2610 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2611 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2615 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2619 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2620 const LookupResult &R,
2621 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2622 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2623 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2626 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2630 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2631 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2634 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2636 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2639 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2640 // -- a declaration of a class member
2641 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2643 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2646 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2647 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2648 // using-declaration
2649 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2650 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2651 // turn off ADL anyway).
2652 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2653 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2654 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2657 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2658 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2660 // And also for builtin functions.
2661 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2662 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2664 // But also builtin functions.
2665 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2667 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2675 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2676 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2677 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2678 /// will in fact be used.
2679 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2680 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2681 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2685 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2686 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2690 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2691 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2698 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2699 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2700 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2701 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2702 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2703 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2704 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2705 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2708 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2709 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2710 // functions and function templates.
2711 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2712 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2715 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2716 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2717 // we've picked a target.
2718 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2720 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2721 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2722 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2723 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2724 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2725 R.begin(), R.end());
2730 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2731 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2732 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2733 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2734 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2735 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2736 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2737 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2739 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2740 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2743 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2744 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2745 // a template argument list.
2746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2747 << Template << SS.getRange();
2748 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2752 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2753 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2755 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2756 << D << SS.getRange();
2757 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2761 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2762 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2763 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2764 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2765 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2768 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2769 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2772 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2773 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2774 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2775 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2776 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2777 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2781 QualType type = VD->getType();
2782 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2784 switch (D->getKind()) {
2785 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2786 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2787 #define VALUE(type, base)
2788 #define DECL(type, base) \
2790 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2791 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2793 // These shouldn't make it here.
2794 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2795 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2796 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2798 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2799 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2800 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2801 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2802 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2805 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2806 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2807 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2808 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2810 case Decl::IndirectField:
2811 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2812 "building reference to field in C?");
2814 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2815 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2816 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2817 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2820 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2821 // depending on the type.
2822 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2823 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2824 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2825 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2829 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2830 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2831 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2832 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2837 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2838 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2839 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2840 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2841 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2842 type->isVoidType()) {
2843 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2848 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2849 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2850 // These are always l-values.
2851 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2852 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2854 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2855 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2856 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2857 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2858 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2859 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2860 type = CapturedType;
2866 case Decl::Function: {
2867 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2868 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2869 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2870 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2875 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2877 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2878 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2879 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2880 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2881 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2885 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2887 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2891 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
2892 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
2893 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
2894 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
2896 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
2897 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
2898 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
2901 // Functions are r-values in C.
2902 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2906 case Decl::MSProperty:
2907 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2910 case Decl::CXXMethod:
2911 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
2912 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2913 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
2914 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
2915 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
2916 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2917 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2918 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2922 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
2923 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
2924 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2929 case Decl::CXXConversion:
2930 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
2931 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
2932 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2936 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
2941 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
2942 SmallString<32> &Target) {
2943 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
2944 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
2945 const UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
2946 bool success = ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
2949 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
2952 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
2953 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
2954 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
2955 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
2956 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
2957 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
2958 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
2959 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
2960 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
2961 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
2963 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2966 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
2967 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2971 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
2972 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
2973 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
2975 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
2977 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
2978 unsigned Length = Str.length();
2980 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
2981 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
2982 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
2983 SmallString<32> RawChars;
2984 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
2986 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
2987 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
2988 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
2989 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
2991 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
2992 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
2993 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
2994 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
2995 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
2999 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3002 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3003 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3006 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3007 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3008 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3009 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3010 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3011 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3012 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3015 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3018 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3019 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3020 bool Invalid = false;
3021 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3025 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3027 if (Literal.hadError())
3031 if (Literal.isWide())
3032 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3033 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3034 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3035 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3036 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3037 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3038 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3040 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3042 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3043 if (Literal.isWide())
3044 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3045 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3046 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3047 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3048 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3050 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3053 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3056 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3057 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3058 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3059 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3061 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3063 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3065 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3066 // operator "" X (ch)
3067 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3068 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3071 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3072 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3073 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3074 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3077 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3078 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3079 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3081 using llvm::APFloat;
3082 APFloat Val(Format);
3084 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3086 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3087 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3088 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3089 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3090 unsigned diagnostic;
3091 SmallString<20> buffer;
3092 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3093 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3094 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3096 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3097 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3100 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3102 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3105 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3106 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3109 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3110 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3112 if (E->isValueDependent())
3115 QualType QT = E->getType();
3116 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3117 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3121 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3122 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3127 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3128 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3129 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3130 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3137 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3138 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3139 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3140 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3141 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3142 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3145 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3146 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3147 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3148 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3149 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3150 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3152 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3153 bool Invalid = false;
3154 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3158 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3159 if (Literal.hadError)
3162 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3163 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3164 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3165 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3166 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3168 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3170 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3173 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3174 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3175 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3176 // operator "" X (f L)
3177 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3179 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3180 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3181 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3182 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3185 DeclarationName OpName =
3186 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3187 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3188 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3190 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3192 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3193 // literal or a cooked one.
3194 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3195 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3196 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3197 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3203 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3204 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3206 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3207 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3208 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3209 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3210 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3213 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3217 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3218 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3219 // operator "" X ("n")
3220 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3221 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3222 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3223 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3224 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3225 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3226 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3227 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3230 case LOLR_Template: {
3231 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3232 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3233 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3234 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3235 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3236 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3237 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3238 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3239 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3240 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3241 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3242 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3243 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3245 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3248 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3249 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3255 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3257 if (Literal.isFloat)
3258 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3259 else if (!Literal.isLong)
3260 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3262 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3264 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3266 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3267 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3268 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3269 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) {
3270 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3271 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3274 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3279 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3280 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3282 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3283 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3284 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3286 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3289 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3290 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3291 // The microsoft literal suffix extensions support 128-bit literals, which
3292 // may be wider than [u]intmax_t.
3293 // FIXME: Actually, they don't. We seem to have accidentally invented the
3295 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 128 && MaxWidth < 128 &&
3296 Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type())
3298 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3300 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3301 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3302 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3303 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3304 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3305 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3306 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3308 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3309 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3311 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3312 // be an unsigned int.
3313 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3315 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3318 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3319 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3320 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger > MaxWidth) {
3321 // If this target doesn't support __int128, error and force to ull.
3322 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_int128_unsupported);
3324 Ty = Context.getIntMaxType();
3326 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3327 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3328 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3332 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3333 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3334 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3336 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3337 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3338 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3339 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3341 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3342 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3347 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3348 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3349 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3351 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3352 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3353 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3354 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3355 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3356 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3357 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3362 // Check long long if needed.
3364 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3366 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3367 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3368 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3369 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3370 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3371 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3372 (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong)))
3373 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3374 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3375 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3376 Width = LongLongSize;
3380 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3381 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3383 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3384 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3385 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3388 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3389 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3391 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3394 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3395 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3396 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3397 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3402 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3403 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3404 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3407 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3409 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3410 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3411 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3412 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3413 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3414 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3415 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3420 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3421 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3425 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3427 SourceRange ArgRange,
3428 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3429 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3430 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3434 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3435 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3436 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3437 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3438 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3442 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3443 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3444 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3445 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3446 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3447 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3454 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3456 SourceRange ArgRange,
3457 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3458 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3459 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3460 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3461 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3462 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3470 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3471 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3472 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3474 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3475 if (T != E->getType())
3478 // Now look for array decays.
3479 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3480 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3483 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3485 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3488 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3489 /// and type traits.
3491 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3492 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3493 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3494 /// instantiation, etc.
3495 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3496 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3497 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3498 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3500 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3501 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3502 E->getSourceRange());
3504 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3505 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3506 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3509 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3510 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3511 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3513 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3514 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3515 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3516 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3517 E->getSourceRange()))
3520 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3521 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3525 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3526 ExprTy = E->getType();
3527 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3529 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3530 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3531 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3535 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3536 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3537 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3538 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3539 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3541 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3542 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3545 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3546 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3547 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3548 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3549 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3550 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3551 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3553 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3558 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3559 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3560 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3561 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3562 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3564 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3572 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3575 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3576 /// on those operands.
3578 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3579 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3580 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3582 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3583 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3584 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3586 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3587 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3588 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3589 SourceRange ExprRange,
3590 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3591 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3594 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3595 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3596 // is the size of the referenced type.
3597 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3598 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3599 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3600 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3601 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3603 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3604 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3605 // is the alignment of the element type.
3606 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf)
3607 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3609 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3610 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3612 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3613 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3617 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3618 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3619 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3622 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3623 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3624 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3628 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3635 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3636 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3638 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3639 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3642 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3643 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
3644 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3648 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3649 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3651 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3652 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3655 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3656 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3658 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3659 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3660 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3661 // in a trailing-return-type.
3663 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3664 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3665 // nonsensical answer 0.
3667 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3668 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3669 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3670 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3672 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3673 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3674 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3675 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3676 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3677 << E->getSourceRange();
3681 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3682 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3683 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3684 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3685 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3689 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3692 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3693 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3695 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3696 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3699 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3702 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3704 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3705 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3706 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3711 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3713 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3714 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3717 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3718 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3719 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
3722 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
3725 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3726 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3727 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
3733 // Verify that the operand is valid.
3734 bool isInvalid = false;
3735 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
3736 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3737 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3738 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
3739 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
3740 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
3741 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
3742 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
3745 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
3751 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
3752 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
3753 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3757 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3758 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3759 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
3762 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
3763 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
3764 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
3766 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3767 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
3768 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
3769 // If error parsing type, ignore.
3770 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
3773 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3774 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
3775 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
3778 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
3779 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
3783 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
3785 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
3786 return S.Context.DependentTy;
3788 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
3789 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
3790 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
3795 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
3796 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
3797 return CT->getElementType();
3799 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
3800 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3801 return V.get()->getType();
3803 // Test for placeholders.
3804 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
3805 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3806 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
3808 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
3811 // Reject anything else.
3812 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
3813 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
3820 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3821 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
3822 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
3824 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
3825 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
3826 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
3829 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3830 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
3831 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3832 Input = Result.get();
3834 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
3837 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
3839 /// \return true on error
3840 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
3841 SourceLocation opLoc,
3843 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
3844 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
3845 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
3848 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3849 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
3850 << op->getSourceRange();
3855 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
3856 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
3857 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3858 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
3859 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
3860 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3861 base = result.get();
3864 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
3865 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
3866 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
3867 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
3869 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3870 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
3871 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3872 base = result.get();
3874 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3875 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
3876 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3880 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
3881 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3882 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
3883 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
3884 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
3887 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
3888 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
3889 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
3890 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
3891 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
3893 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
3894 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
3895 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3896 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
3897 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3898 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
3899 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
3902 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
3906 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3907 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
3908 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
3911 // Perform default conversions.
3912 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3913 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
3914 if (Result.isInvalid())
3916 LHSExp = Result.get();
3918 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
3919 if (Result.isInvalid())
3921 RHSExp = Result.get();
3923 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
3924 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
3925 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3927 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
3928 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
3929 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
3930 // and index from the expression types.
3931 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
3932 QualType ResultType;
3933 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
3936 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
3937 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3940 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3941 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3942 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3946 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
3948 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
3949 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
3952 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3953 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3954 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3957 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3958 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3959 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3960 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3963 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3964 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
3965 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
3966 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3969 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3970 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
3972 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
3973 if (VK != VK_RValue)
3974 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
3976 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
3977 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
3978 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3979 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
3980 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
3981 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
3982 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
3983 // force the promotion here.
3984 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3985 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
3986 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
3987 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
3988 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
3992 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3993 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3994 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
3995 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3996 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
3997 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
3998 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
3999 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4003 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4005 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4006 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4009 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4010 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4011 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4013 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4014 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4015 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4016 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4018 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4019 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4020 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4021 // incomplete types are not object types.
4022 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4023 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4024 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4028 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4029 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4030 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4031 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4033 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4034 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4035 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4036 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4037 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4038 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4041 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4042 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4044 return new (Context)
4045 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4048 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4050 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4051 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4053 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4054 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4055 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4056 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4060 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4061 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4063 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated,
4066 // Instantiate the expression.
4067 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4068 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4070 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4071 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4072 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4077 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4078 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4079 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4080 // default argument expression appears.
4081 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4082 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4083 Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList);
4085 if (Result.isInvalid())
4088 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4089 InitializedEntity Entity
4090 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4091 InitializationKind Kind
4092 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4093 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4094 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4096 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4097 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4098 if (Result.isInvalid())
4101 Expr *Arg = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4102 CheckCompletedExpr(Arg, Param->getOuterLocStart());
4103 // Build the default argument expression.
4104 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4107 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4108 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4109 // be properly destroyed.
4110 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4111 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4112 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4113 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4114 if (isa<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4115 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4116 // any explicit objects.
4117 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
4119 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4120 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4121 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4122 assert(!cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())->getNumObjects() &&
4123 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4126 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4127 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4128 // as being "referenced".
4129 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4130 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4131 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4135 Sema::VariadicCallType
4136 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4138 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4139 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4140 return VariadicConstructor;
4141 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4142 return VariadicBlock;
4144 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4145 if (Method->isInstance())
4146 return VariadicMethod;
4147 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4148 return VariadicMethod;
4149 return VariadicFunction;
4151 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4155 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4157 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4158 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4159 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4160 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4162 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4163 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4164 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4168 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4172 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4176 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4177 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4178 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4179 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4180 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4181 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4183 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4184 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4185 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4186 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4188 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4189 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
4190 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4191 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4192 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4193 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
4194 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
4195 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
4196 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
4197 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4200 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4202 ND = Best->Function;
4203 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4209 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
4214 return TypoCorrection();
4217 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4218 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4219 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4220 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4221 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4222 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4224 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4225 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4226 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4227 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4228 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4229 bool IsExecConfig) {
4230 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4231 // We don't need to do this in the
4233 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4234 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4237 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4238 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4239 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4240 bool Invalid = false;
4241 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4242 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4244 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4245 : 0 /* function */);
4247 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4248 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4249 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4250 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4252 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4254 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4255 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4256 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4257 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4258 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4259 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4260 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4262 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4263 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4264 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4265 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4267 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4268 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4269 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4270 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4271 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4273 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4274 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4275 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4280 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4283 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4285 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4286 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4288 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4290 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4291 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4292 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4293 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4294 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4295 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4296 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4297 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4298 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4299 MinArgs == NumParams
4300 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4301 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4302 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4303 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4304 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4305 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4307 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4308 MinArgs == NumParams
4309 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4310 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4311 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4312 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4313 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4314 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4316 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4317 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4318 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4321 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4322 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4326 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4327 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4329 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4330 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4333 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4334 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4335 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4340 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4341 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4342 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4343 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4344 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4345 bool IsListInitialization) {
4346 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4347 bool Invalid = false;
4349 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4350 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4351 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4354 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4355 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4356 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4358 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4360 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4363 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4364 bool CFAudited = false;
4365 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4366 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4367 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4368 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4369 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4370 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4371 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4374 InitializedEntity Entity =
4375 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4377 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4378 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4380 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4382 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4384 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4385 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4386 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4389 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4391 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4393 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4394 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4395 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4398 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4401 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4402 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4403 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4404 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4406 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4407 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4409 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4412 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4413 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4414 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4415 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4416 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4417 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4418 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4419 QualType paramType; // ignored
4420 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, Args[i], paramType);
4421 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4422 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4425 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4427 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4428 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType,
4430 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4431 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4435 // Check for array bounds violations.
4436 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i)
4437 CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]);
4442 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4443 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4444 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4445 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4446 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4447 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4448 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4451 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4452 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4453 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4455 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4456 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4457 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4458 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4460 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4462 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4463 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4464 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4467 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4469 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4470 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4473 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4474 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4475 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4476 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4480 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4484 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4485 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
4489 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
4490 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
4491 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
4492 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
4493 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4494 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4498 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
4499 /// to have a function type.
4500 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
4502 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
4503 /// immediately during argument processing?
4504 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
4505 // Placeholders are never sugared.
4506 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
4507 if (!placeholder) return false;
4509 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
4510 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
4511 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
4512 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
4513 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4516 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
4517 // by the call machinery.
4518 case BuiltinType::Overload:
4521 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
4522 // should be left in place.
4523 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
4526 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
4527 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
4530 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
4531 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
4532 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
4535 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
4536 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
4537 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
4540 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
4543 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
4545 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
4546 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
4547 // dying at the first failure.
4548 bool hasInvalid = false;
4549 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
4550 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
4551 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
4552 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
4553 else args[i] = result.get();
4554 } else if (hasInvalid) {
4555 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
4561 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4562 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4565 Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4566 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4567 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
4568 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4569 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
4570 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4573 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
4576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4577 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
4578 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
4579 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
4580 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
4581 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
4582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4583 SourceRange(ArgExprs[0]->getLocStart(),
4584 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
4587 return new (Context)
4588 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4590 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
4591 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
4592 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4596 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
4597 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
4598 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
4600 bool Dependent = false;
4601 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
4603 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
4608 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
4609 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
4610 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4612 return new (Context) CallExpr(
4613 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4617 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
4618 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
4619 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4622 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4623 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4624 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4628 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
4629 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc);
4633 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
4634 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
4635 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
4637 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved.
4638 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
4639 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
4640 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
4641 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
4642 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4643 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
4645 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4651 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
4652 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4653 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4654 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4658 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
4660 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
4661 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
4662 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
4663 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4665 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
4666 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
4667 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
4668 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
4670 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
4671 if (FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>()) {
4672 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = CheckEnableIf(FD, ArgExprs, true)) {
4673 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
4674 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) ?
4675 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call :
4676 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
4677 << FD << FD->getSourceRange();
4678 Diag(FD->getLocation(),
4679 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr)
4680 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
4685 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
4686 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
4689 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
4691 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
4693 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4694 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4695 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4696 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4697 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4698 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
4699 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
4700 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
4701 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4702 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
4705 << E->getSourceRange());
4706 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4709 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
4710 /// provided arguments.
4712 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
4714 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4715 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4716 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4717 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4718 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
4719 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4722 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
4723 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
4724 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
4725 /// block-pointer type.
4727 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
4729 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4730 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4731 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4732 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4733 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
4734 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
4735 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
4737 // Promote the function operand.
4738 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
4739 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
4742 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
4743 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
4744 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
4746 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
4748 if (Result.isInvalid())
4752 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
4753 // of arguments and function on error.
4756 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
4757 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
4758 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
4761 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
4762 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4764 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4765 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) {
4766 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
4767 if (!Res.isUsable() || !isa<CallExpr>(Res.get()))
4769 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, cast<CallExpr>(Res.get()));
4773 const FunctionType *FuncT;
4774 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4775 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
4776 // have type pointer to function".
4777 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4779 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4780 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4781 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
4782 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4783 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
4785 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
4786 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4787 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4788 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4790 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
4794 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4795 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4798 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4800 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
4801 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4802 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
4803 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4805 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
4806 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
4807 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
4808 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4810 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
4811 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4812 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
4813 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4817 // Check for a valid return type
4818 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
4822 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
4823 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
4824 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
4826 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
4828 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
4832 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
4835 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
4836 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
4837 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
4838 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
4839 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4840 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
4841 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
4842 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
4845 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
4846 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
4847 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
4848 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4851 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
4852 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
4853 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
4855 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
4856 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4857 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4859 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4860 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4863 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4866 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
4868 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4871 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4874 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4876 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4879 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
4883 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4884 if (!Method->isStatic())
4885 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
4886 << Fn->getSourceRange());
4888 // Check for sentinels
4890 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
4892 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
4894 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
4898 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
4900 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
4903 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
4907 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
4911 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
4912 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
4913 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
4914 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
4915 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
4917 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4918 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
4920 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
4922 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
4926 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4927 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
4928 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
4930 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
4931 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
4932 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
4933 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
4934 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
4936 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
4937 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
4938 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
4939 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
4940 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
4941 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
4942 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
4945 InitializedEntity Entity
4946 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
4947 InitializationKind Kind
4948 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
4949 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
4951 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
4952 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
4954 if (Result.isInvalid())
4956 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
4958 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == nullptr;
4960 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
4961 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
4962 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
4963 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
4967 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
4968 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
4970 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
4971 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
4972 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
4976 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4977 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
4978 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
4979 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
4980 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
4981 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4982 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
4984 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
4985 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
4986 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
4988 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
4992 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
4993 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
4995 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
4997 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5001 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5002 static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) {
5003 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5004 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5006 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5007 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5009 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(),
5010 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5011 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5012 S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5015 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5017 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5018 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5019 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5021 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5022 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E);
5023 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5025 assert(type->isPointerType());
5026 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5030 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5031 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5032 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5033 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5034 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5035 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5037 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5038 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5041 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5042 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5043 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5045 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5046 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5047 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5048 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5049 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5050 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5051 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5052 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5053 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5056 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5057 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5058 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5059 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5060 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5062 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5063 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5064 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src);
5065 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5066 case Type::STK_Bool:
5067 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5068 case Type::STK_Integral:
5069 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5070 case Type::STK_Floating:
5071 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5072 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5073 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5074 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5076 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5078 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5079 case Type::STK_Integral:
5080 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5081 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5082 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5083 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5084 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5085 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5086 return CK_NullToPointer;
5087 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5088 case Type::STK_Bool:
5089 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5090 case Type::STK_Integral:
5091 return CK_IntegralCast;
5092 case Type::STK_Floating:
5093 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5094 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5095 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5096 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5098 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5099 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5100 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5101 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5102 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5103 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5104 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5105 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5107 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5109 case Type::STK_Floating:
5110 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5111 case Type::STK_Floating:
5112 return CK_FloatingCast;
5113 case Type::STK_Bool:
5114 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5115 case Type::STK_Integral:
5116 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5117 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5118 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5119 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5121 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5122 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5123 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5124 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5125 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5126 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5127 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5128 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5129 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5130 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5131 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5132 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5134 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5136 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5137 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5138 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5139 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5140 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5141 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5142 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5143 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5144 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5145 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5146 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5147 return CK_FloatingCast;
5149 case Type::STK_Bool:
5150 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5151 case Type::STK_Integral:
5152 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5153 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5154 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5155 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5156 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5157 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5158 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5159 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5160 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5161 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5163 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5165 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5166 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5167 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5168 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5169 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5170 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5171 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5172 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5173 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5174 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5175 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5176 return CK_IntegralCast;
5178 case Type::STK_Bool:
5179 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5180 case Type::STK_Floating:
5181 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5182 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5183 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5184 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5185 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5186 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5187 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5188 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5189 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5190 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5192 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5195 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5198 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5199 QualType &eltType) {
5200 // Vectors are simple.
5201 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5202 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5203 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5204 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5208 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5209 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5210 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5217 static bool VectorTypesMatch(Sema &S, QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5218 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5219 QualType srcElt, destElt;
5220 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcElt)) return false;
5221 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destElt)) return false;
5223 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5224 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5225 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5226 uint64_t srcEltSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(srcElt);
5227 uint64_t destEltSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(destElt);
5229 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5232 /// Is this a legal conversion between two known vector types?
5233 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5234 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5236 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5238 return VectorTypesMatch(*this, srcTy, destTy);
5241 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5243 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5245 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
5246 if (!VectorTypesMatch(*this, Ty, VectorTy))
5247 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5248 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5249 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5250 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5251 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5253 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5254 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5255 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5261 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
5262 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
5263 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
5265 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
5267 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
5268 // an ExtVectorType.
5269 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
5270 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
5271 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
5272 if (!VectorTypesMatch(*this, SrcTy, DestTy)
5273 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5274 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
5275 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
5276 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5283 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
5284 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
5285 // splat from elt type to vector.
5286 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
5287 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5288 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5289 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5291 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
5292 ExprResult CastExprRes = CastExpr;
5293 CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
5294 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
5296 CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.get(), DestElemTy, CK).get();
5298 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5303 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5304 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5305 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
5306 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
5307 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
5309 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
5310 if (D.isInvalidType())
5313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5314 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
5315 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5317 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
5318 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
5319 if (!Res.isUsable())
5321 CastExpr = Res.get();
5324 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
5326 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
5327 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
5329 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
5331 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
5332 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
5333 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
5334 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
5335 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5336 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
5337 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
5338 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
5341 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
5342 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
5343 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
5344 isVectorLiteral = true;
5347 isVectorLiteral = true;
5350 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
5351 // then handle it as such.
5352 if (isVectorLiteral)
5353 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
5355 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
5356 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
5357 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
5358 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
5359 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
5360 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5361 CastExpr = Result.get();
5364 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
5365 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
5366 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
5368 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
5370 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
5372 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
5375 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5376 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
5377 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
5378 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
5379 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
5384 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
5385 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
5386 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
5387 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
5388 exprs = PE->getExprs();
5389 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
5390 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
5391 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
5392 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
5393 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
5398 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
5399 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
5401 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
5402 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
5403 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
5405 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
5406 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
5407 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
5408 // replicated to all the components of the vector
5409 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
5410 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
5411 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
5412 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
5413 if (numExprs == 1) {
5414 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5415 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
5416 if (Literal.isInvalid())
5418 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
5419 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
5420 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
5422 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
5423 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
5424 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
5428 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
5431 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
5432 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
5433 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5434 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
5436 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5437 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
5438 if (Literal.isInvalid())
5440 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
5441 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
5442 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
5445 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
5447 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
5448 // braces instead of the original commas.
5449 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
5450 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
5452 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
5455 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
5456 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
5458 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
5459 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
5463 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
5465 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
5466 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
5469 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5471 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
5474 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
5477 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
5481 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
5482 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
5484 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
5485 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5486 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
5487 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
5488 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
5489 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5490 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
5492 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
5494 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
5496 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5497 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
5500 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
5503 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
5506 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
5507 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
5508 // string in the source code.
5509 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5510 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
5511 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
5515 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
5516 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
5517 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
5518 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
5522 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
5523 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond) {
5524 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
5527 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
5529 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar.
5530 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
5533 // Emit the proper error message.
5534 S.Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), S.getLangOpts().OpenCL ?
5535 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar :
5536 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector)
5541 /// \brief Return false if the two expressions can be converted to a vector,
5543 static bool checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5546 // Both operands should be of scalar type.
5547 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
5548 S.Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
5552 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
5553 S.Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
5558 // Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition.
5559 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
5560 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
5564 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
5565 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5567 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
5568 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
5570 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5571 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5572 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5573 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5574 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5575 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5576 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5577 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5578 return S.Context.VoidTy;
5581 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
5583 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
5584 QualType PointerTy) {
5585 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
5586 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
5587 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5590 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
5594 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
5596 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5598 SourceLocation Loc) {
5599 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5600 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5602 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
5603 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
5607 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
5609 // Get the pointee types.
5610 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
5611 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5612 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
5613 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5614 IsBlockPointer = true;
5616 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5617 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5620 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
5621 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
5622 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
5625 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
5626 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
5627 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
5629 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
5630 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
5632 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
5633 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5634 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5636 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
5637 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
5639 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
5641 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
5642 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
5643 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5644 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5645 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
5646 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
5647 // to get a consistent AST.
5648 QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5649 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5650 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5654 // The pointer types are compatible.
5655 QualType ResultTy = CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
5657 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
5659 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
5661 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5662 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5666 /// \brief Returns true if QT is quelified-id and implements 'NSObject' and/or
5667 /// 'NSCopying' protocols (and nothing else); or QT is an NSObject and optionally
5668 /// implements 'NSObject' and/or NSCopying' protocols (and nothing else).
5669 static bool isObjCPtrBlockCompatible(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, QualType QT) {
5670 if (QT->isObjCIdType())
5673 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5677 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5678 if (ID->getIdentifier() != &C.Idents.get("NSObject"))
5681 ObjCProtocolDecl* PNSCopying =
5682 S.LookupProtocol(&C.Idents.get("NSCopying"), SourceLocation());
5683 ObjCProtocolDecl* PNSObject =
5684 S.LookupProtocol(&C.Idents.get("NSObject"), SourceLocation());
5686 for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
5687 if ((PNSCopying && declaresSameEntity(Proto, PNSCopying)) ||
5688 (PNSObject && declaresSameEntity(Proto, PNSObject)))
5696 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
5697 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
5700 SourceLocation Loc) {
5701 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5702 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5704 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
5705 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
5706 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5707 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5708 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5711 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5712 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5713 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5717 // We have 2 block pointer types.
5718 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5721 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
5723 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5725 SourceLocation Loc) {
5726 // get the pointer types
5727 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5728 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5730 // get the "pointed to" types
5731 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5732 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5734 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
5735 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5736 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
5737 QualType destPointee
5738 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
5739 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5740 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5741 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5742 // Promote to void*.
5743 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5746 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5747 QualType destPointee
5748 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
5749 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5750 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5751 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5752 // Promote to void*.
5753 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5757 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5760 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
5761 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
5762 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
5763 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
5764 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
5765 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
5766 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
5769 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
5770 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
5772 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
5773 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
5774 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
5775 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
5776 CK_IntegralToPointer);
5780 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
5781 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
5783 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5784 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5786 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5788 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5789 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
5790 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
5791 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
5792 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Cond);
5793 if (!CondResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
5797 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
5798 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
5801 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
5802 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
5805 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
5806 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5807 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
5812 // First, check the condition.
5813 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
5814 if (Cond.isInvalid())
5816 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get()))
5819 // Now check the two expressions.
5820 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
5821 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
5822 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
5824 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5825 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5828 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
5829 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5830 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5832 // If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar,
5833 // attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the
5834 // built in select. (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i)
5835 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
5836 if (checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(*this, LHS, RHS, CondTy))
5839 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
5840 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
5841 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5842 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5843 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5848 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
5850 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
5851 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
5852 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
5853 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
5854 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
5855 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
5856 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
5859 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
5860 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
5861 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
5862 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
5865 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
5866 // the type of the other operand."
5867 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
5868 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
5870 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
5871 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
5873 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5875 if (!compositeType.isNull())
5876 return compositeType;
5879 // Handle block pointer types.
5880 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
5881 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
5884 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
5885 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
5886 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
5889 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
5890 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
5891 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
5892 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
5894 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
5895 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
5898 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5899 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5900 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5901 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5904 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
5905 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5906 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5907 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5911 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
5912 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
5913 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5914 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5915 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5916 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5918 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
5919 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
5920 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
5921 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
5922 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
5923 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5926 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
5927 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
5928 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5931 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
5932 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
5933 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
5934 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5937 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
5938 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
5939 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
5942 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
5943 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
5944 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
5945 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
5948 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
5949 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
5950 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
5953 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
5954 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5956 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
5957 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
5960 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5961 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5962 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
5964 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
5965 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
5966 // type. This allows
5967 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
5968 // where B is a subclass of A.
5970 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
5971 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
5972 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
5973 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
5975 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
5976 // It could return the composite type.
5977 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
5978 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
5979 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
5980 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
5981 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
5982 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
5983 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
5984 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
5985 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
5986 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
5987 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
5988 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
5989 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
5990 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
5991 } else if (!(compositeType =
5992 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
5995 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5997 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5998 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
5999 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6000 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6003 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6004 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6005 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6006 return compositeType;
6008 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6009 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6010 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6011 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6012 // so these types are not compatible.
6013 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6014 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6018 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6019 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6020 QualType destPointee
6021 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6022 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6023 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6024 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6025 // Promote to void*.
6026 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6029 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6030 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6031 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6032 // so these types are not compatible.
6033 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6034 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6038 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6039 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6040 QualType destPointee
6041 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6042 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6043 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6044 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6045 // Promote to void*.
6046 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6052 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
6053 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
6054 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6055 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
6056 SourceRange ParenRange) {
6057 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6058 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
6060 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
6061 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6062 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6064 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
6065 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
6069 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6070 return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
6073 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
6074 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
6075 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
6077 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
6079 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
6080 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6081 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
6082 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6084 // Built-in binary operator.
6085 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6086 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
6087 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
6088 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
6093 // Overloaded operator.
6094 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6095 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
6098 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
6099 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
6100 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
6101 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
6102 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
6105 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
6106 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
6108 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
6116 static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6117 return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
6120 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
6121 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
6122 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
6123 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
6124 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6126 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
6128 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
6129 return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
6130 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6131 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
6136 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
6137 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
6138 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
6139 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
6140 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
6141 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6145 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
6148 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
6150 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
6153 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
6154 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
6156 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
6157 << Condition->getSourceRange()
6158 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
6160 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6161 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
6162 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
6163 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
6165 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6166 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
6167 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
6170 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
6171 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
6172 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
6173 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
6174 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
6176 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
6177 // was the condition.
6178 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
6179 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
6181 commonExpr = CondExpr;
6182 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
6183 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
6184 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
6185 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6186 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
6187 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
6188 commonExpr = result.get();
6190 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
6191 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
6192 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6193 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
6194 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
6195 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
6196 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
6197 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
6198 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
6199 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
6200 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
6202 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
6205 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
6206 commonExpr->getType(),
6207 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
6208 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
6210 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
6213 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
6214 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
6215 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
6216 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
6217 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6218 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
6222 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
6226 return new (Context)
6227 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
6228 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
6230 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
6231 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6232 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
6235 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
6236 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
6237 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
6238 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
6239 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
6240 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6241 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
6242 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
6243 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
6245 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
6246 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
6247 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
6248 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
6249 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
6250 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
6251 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
6253 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
6255 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
6256 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
6257 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
6259 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
6260 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
6261 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
6262 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
6263 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
6264 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
6267 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
6268 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
6269 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
6270 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6272 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
6274 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
6275 .compatiblyIncludes(
6276 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
6277 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
6280 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
6281 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
6282 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6284 // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
6285 // as still compatible in C.
6286 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6289 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
6290 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
6291 // version of void...
6292 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
6293 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
6296 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
6297 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
6298 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
6301 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
6302 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
6305 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
6306 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
6307 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
6310 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
6311 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
6312 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
6313 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
6314 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
6315 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
6316 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
6317 if (lhptee->isCharType())
6318 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6319 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
6320 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
6322 if (rhptee->isCharType())
6323 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6324 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
6325 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
6327 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
6328 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
6329 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
6330 // warning can be disabled.
6331 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
6334 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
6337 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
6338 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
6339 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
6340 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
6341 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
6343 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6344 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6345 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
6347 if (lhptee == rhptee)
6348 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
6351 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
6352 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6354 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6355 S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
6356 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6360 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
6361 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
6362 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
6364 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6365 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
6367 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
6368 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
6370 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6372 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
6373 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
6374 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
6376 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
6377 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6378 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
6380 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
6382 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
6383 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
6384 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6386 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
6387 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
6392 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
6393 /// for assignment compatibility.
6394 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6395 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
6397 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
6398 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
6400 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6401 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
6402 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
6403 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
6404 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6405 return Sema::Compatible;
6407 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6408 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
6409 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
6410 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6411 return Sema::Compatible;
6413 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6414 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6416 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
6417 // make an exception for id<P>
6418 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6419 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6421 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
6422 return Sema::Compatible;
6423 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6424 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
6425 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6428 Sema::AssignConvertType
6429 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6430 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
6431 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
6432 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
6433 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
6434 // usually happen on valid code.
6435 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
6436 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
6437 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
6439 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K);
6442 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
6443 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
6444 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
6448 /// struct foo *pfoo;
6450 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
6451 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
6452 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
6453 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
6455 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
6456 /// C99 spec dictates.
6458 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
6459 Sema::AssignConvertType
6460 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
6462 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6463 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
6465 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
6467 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
6468 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
6470 // Common case: no conversion required.
6471 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
6476 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
6477 // atomic qualification step.
6478 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
6479 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6480 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
6481 if (result != Compatible)
6483 if (Kind != CK_NoOp)
6484 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
6485 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
6489 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
6490 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
6491 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
6492 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
6493 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
6494 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
6496 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
6497 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
6498 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
6501 return Incompatible;
6504 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
6505 // to the same ExtVector type.
6506 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
6507 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
6508 return Incompatible;
6509 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
6510 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
6512 QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType();
6513 if (elType != RHSType) {
6514 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType);
6515 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), elType, Kind);
6517 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
6522 // Conversions to or from vector type.
6523 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
6524 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
6525 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
6526 // vector type and vice versa
6527 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6532 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
6533 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
6534 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
6535 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
6537 return IncompatibleVectors;
6540 return Incompatible;
6543 // Arithmetic conversions.
6544 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
6545 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
6546 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
6550 // Conversions to normal pointers.
6551 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
6553 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6554 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
6555 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
6556 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
6557 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6561 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6562 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
6563 return IntToPointer;
6566 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6567 // with two exceptions:
6568 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
6569 // - conversions to void*
6570 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6575 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
6576 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
6577 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
6578 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
6584 return IncompatiblePointer;
6588 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6589 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6595 return Incompatible;
6598 // Conversions to block pointers.
6599 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6601 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6603 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6606 // int or null -> T^
6607 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6608 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6609 return IntToBlockPointer;
6613 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
6614 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6619 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
6620 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6621 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6625 return Incompatible;
6628 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
6629 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6631 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6633 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6634 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6635 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6636 result == Compatible &&
6637 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
6638 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
6642 // int or null -> A*
6643 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6644 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6645 return IntToPointer;
6648 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6649 // with two exceptions:
6650 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6651 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
6653 // - conversions from 'void*'
6654 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
6658 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
6659 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
6660 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
6661 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
6665 return IncompatiblePointer;
6668 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
6669 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
6670 isObjCPtrBlockCompatible(*this, Context, LHSType)) {
6671 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS);
6672 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
6676 return Incompatible;
6679 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
6680 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6682 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
6683 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
6688 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6689 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
6690 return PointerToInt;
6693 return Incompatible;
6696 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
6697 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
6699 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
6700 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
6705 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6706 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
6707 return PointerToInt;
6710 return Incompatible;
6713 // struct A -> struct B
6714 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
6715 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6721 return Incompatible;
6724 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
6725 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
6726 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
6727 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
6729 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
6730 // of the transparent union.
6731 Expr *E = EResult.get();
6732 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
6733 E, SourceLocation());
6734 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
6735 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
6737 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
6738 // union type from this initializer list.
6739 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
6740 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
6741 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
6744 Sema::AssignConvertType
6745 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6747 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6749 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
6750 // transparent_union GCC extension.
6751 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
6752 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
6753 return Incompatible;
6755 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
6756 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6757 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
6758 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
6759 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
6760 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
6761 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
6763 // 2) null pointer constant
6764 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
6765 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6766 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
6771 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6772 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6773 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
6780 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
6781 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
6783 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
6790 return Incompatible;
6792 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
6796 Sema::AssignConvertType
6797 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
6799 bool DiagnoseCFAudited) {
6800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6801 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
6802 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
6803 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
6804 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
6807 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6810 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
6811 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6812 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6813 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
6814 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
6816 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
6817 if (ICS.isFailure())
6818 return Incompatible;
6819 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
6822 if (Res.isInvalid())
6823 return Incompatible;
6824 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
6825 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6826 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType,
6827 RHS.get()->getType()))
6828 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
6833 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
6835 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
6836 // happen there, though.
6839 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
6840 // a null pointer constant.
6841 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
6842 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
6843 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6844 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6847 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path, false);
6848 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
6852 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
6853 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
6854 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
6855 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
6857 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
6858 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
6859 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6860 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6861 return Incompatible;
6864 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6865 if (ObjCProtocolExpr *OPE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
6866 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = OPE->getProtocol();
6867 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
6868 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
6869 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
6873 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
6874 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6875 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind);
6877 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
6878 // type of the assignment expression.
6879 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
6880 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
6881 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
6882 // does not have reference type.
6883 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
6884 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6885 Expr *E = RHS.get();
6886 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
6887 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
6890 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(),
6891 LHSType, E->getType(), E) ||
6892 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E))) {
6897 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
6902 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
6905 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6906 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6910 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
6911 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
6912 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
6913 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
6916 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
6917 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
6918 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
6920 QualType vectorEltTy,
6921 QualType vectorTy) {
6922 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
6924 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
6926 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
6927 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
6929 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6930 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
6932 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
6933 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
6934 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
6935 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6936 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
6938 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
6940 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
6941 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
6948 // Adjust scalar if desired.
6950 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
6951 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
6952 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6957 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6958 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
6959 if (!IsCompAssign) {
6960 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
6961 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6964 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6965 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6968 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6969 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6970 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
6971 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
6973 // If the vector types are identical, return.
6974 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
6977 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
6978 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
6979 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
6981 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
6982 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
6983 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6984 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
6985 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6990 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
6994 // If there's an ext-vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
6995 // the vector element type and splat.
6996 if (!RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
6997 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
6998 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
7001 if (!LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
7002 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
7003 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
7008 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
7009 // needs to be the same.
7010 // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
7011 // FIXME: We really just pick the LHS type arbitrarily?
7012 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7013 QualType resultType = LHSType;
7014 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), resultType, CK_BitCast);
7018 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
7020 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
7021 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
7022 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
7023 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
7024 << LHSType << RHSType
7025 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7029 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
7030 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
7031 << LHSType << RHSType
7032 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7036 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
7037 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
7038 // integer instead of a pointer.
7039 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7040 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
7041 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
7042 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
7043 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
7044 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
7045 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
7047 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
7049 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
7050 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
7051 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
7052 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
7055 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
7056 // what the other expression is.
7058 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
7059 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
7060 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
7064 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
7065 // if the other expression is a pointer.
7066 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
7067 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
7070 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
7071 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
7072 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7075 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7077 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
7078 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7080 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7081 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7082 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7084 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
7085 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7089 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
7090 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7092 // Check for division by zero.
7093 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7094 if (IsDiv && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
7095 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
7096 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7097 PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
7098 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7103 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
7104 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
7105 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7107 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7108 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7109 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
7110 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
7111 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7112 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7115 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
7116 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7119 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
7120 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7122 // Check for remainder by zero.
7123 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7124 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
7125 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
7126 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7127 PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
7128 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7133 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
7134 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7135 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7136 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7137 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
7138 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
7139 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
7140 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7143 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
7144 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7146 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7147 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
7148 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
7149 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
7152 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
7153 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7154 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7155 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7156 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7157 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7158 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
7159 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
7160 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
7161 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
7162 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
7164 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
7165 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7168 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
7169 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7171 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7172 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7173 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
7174 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
7175 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
7176 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
7177 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
7180 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
7182 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
7183 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7185 assert(Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
7186 !Operand->getType()->isDependentType());
7187 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
7188 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
7189 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
7190 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
7193 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
7195 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
7196 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
7197 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
7200 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
7201 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7203 if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
7205 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
7206 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
7207 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
7208 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7210 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
7211 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
7212 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7215 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
7220 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
7223 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
7224 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
7225 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
7226 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
7228 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
7229 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7230 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7231 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
7232 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
7233 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
7235 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
7236 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
7237 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
7239 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
7240 if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
7241 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
7242 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
7243 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
7245 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
7246 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
7247 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7252 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
7253 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
7254 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
7255 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
7256 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
7257 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
7258 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7260 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7263 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
7264 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
7265 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
7266 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
7267 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
7269 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7271 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7274 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
7276 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
7282 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
7284 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7285 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7286 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7287 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
7289 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7290 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
7293 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
7294 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
7295 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
7299 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
7300 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
7301 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
7302 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
7303 index.isUnsigned()))
7307 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7308 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
7309 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
7311 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
7312 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
7313 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7314 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
7315 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
7316 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
7317 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
7319 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
7322 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
7323 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7324 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7325 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
7326 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
7327 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7330 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7331 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
7334 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
7337 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
7339 // Return if not a PointerType.
7340 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
7343 // Return if not a CharacterType.
7344 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
7347 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
7348 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7350 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
7351 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
7352 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
7353 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
7354 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
7355 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
7357 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
7358 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
7361 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
7362 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
7363 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7364 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
7365 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
7366 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
7367 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
7369 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
7373 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
7374 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7375 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7376 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7377 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7378 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
7379 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
7380 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7383 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7384 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7385 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
7386 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7388 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7389 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7390 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
7391 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7395 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
7396 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7399 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
7400 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
7401 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7402 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7405 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
7406 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
7407 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7411 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
7412 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
7413 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
7416 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7417 isObjCPointer = false;
7418 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7419 isObjCPointer = true;
7421 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
7422 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7423 isObjCPointer = false;
7424 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7425 isObjCPointer = true;
7427 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7430 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7432 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
7433 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7435 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
7438 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
7441 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
7442 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
7445 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
7446 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
7447 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7448 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
7449 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
7454 return PExp->getType();
7458 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7460 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
7461 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7463 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7464 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7465 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
7466 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7470 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
7471 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7474 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
7476 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
7477 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
7478 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7482 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
7483 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
7484 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
7486 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
7487 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7488 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
7491 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
7492 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
7493 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
7496 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
7497 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
7498 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
7500 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7501 return LHS.get()->getType();
7504 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
7505 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
7506 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
7507 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
7509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7510 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
7511 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
7512 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7515 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
7516 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
7517 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
7518 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
7519 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7524 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
7525 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
7528 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
7529 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
7530 // case subtraction does not make sense.
7531 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
7532 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
7533 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
7534 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
7535 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
7536 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7540 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7541 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
7545 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7548 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
7549 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
7550 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
7554 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7555 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7557 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
7558 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
7559 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
7563 // Check right/shifter operand
7564 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
7565 !RHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context))
7568 if (Right.isNegative()) {
7569 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7570 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
7571 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7574 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
7575 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
7576 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
7577 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7578 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
7579 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7585 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
7586 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
7587 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
7588 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
7590 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
7591 !LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
7592 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
7594 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
7595 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
7596 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
7598 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
7599 Result = Result.shl(Right);
7601 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
7602 // hexadecimal number.
7603 SmallString<40> HexResult;
7604 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
7606 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
7607 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
7608 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
7609 // turned off separately if needed.
7610 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
7611 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
7612 << HexResult.str() << LHSType
7613 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7617 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
7618 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
7619 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7620 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7624 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7625 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7626 bool IsCompAssign) {
7627 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7629 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
7630 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7631 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7632 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7634 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
7635 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
7637 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
7638 // if this is a compound assignment.
7639 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
7640 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
7641 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7643 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7644 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
7646 // The RHS is simpler.
7647 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
7648 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7650 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7652 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
7653 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
7654 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
7655 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7657 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
7658 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
7659 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
7660 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
7661 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7663 // Sanity-check shift operands
7664 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
7666 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
7670 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
7671 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
7672 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
7674 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
7675 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
7680 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
7681 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
7683 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7684 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7686 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
7689 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
7693 // Ignore anonymous enums.
7694 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
7696 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
7699 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
7702 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
7703 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
7704 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7707 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
7708 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7709 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7711 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
7712 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
7713 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7714 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7717 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
7719 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7720 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
7721 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
7722 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
7723 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
7724 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
7725 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
7727 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
7728 // comparisons of pointers.
7731 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
7732 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
7733 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
7734 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
7735 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
7736 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
7737 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
7738 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
7741 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7742 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7743 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
7744 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
7746 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
7747 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr : &NonStandardCompositeType;
7748 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
7750 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
7754 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
7755 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
7756 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7757 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7759 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
7760 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
7764 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7768 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
7769 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
7770 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7771 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7774 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
7775 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
7776 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
7777 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
7778 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
7779 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
7782 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
7787 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
7788 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
7789 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7791 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
7795 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
7796 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
7797 if (const ObjCObjectType *iQFaceTy =
7798 InterfaceType->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType())
7799 InterfaceType = iQFaceTy->getBaseType();
7801 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
7802 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7805 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
7806 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
7807 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
7811 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
7812 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
7813 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
7814 /*receiverId=*/true,
7818 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
7826 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
7827 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7830 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
7831 if (!R->isScalarType())
7837 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
7838 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7839 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
7842 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
7845 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
7848 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
7849 // "dictionary literal"
7850 return LK_Dictionary;
7851 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7853 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
7854 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
7855 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
7856 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
7857 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
7858 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
7859 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
7860 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
7861 // "numeric literal"
7863 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7864 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
7865 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
7866 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
7879 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7880 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7881 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
7884 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
7885 Literal = LHS.get();
7888 Literal = RHS.get();
7892 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
7893 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
7894 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
7895 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
7898 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
7899 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
7901 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
7902 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
7903 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
7904 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
7907 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
7908 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
7909 << Literal->getSourceRange();
7911 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
7912 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
7914 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
7915 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
7916 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
7917 SourceLocation End = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
7918 CharSourceRange OpRange =
7919 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
7921 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
7922 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
7923 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
7924 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
7928 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
7931 unsigned OpaqueOpc) {
7932 // This checking requires bools.
7933 if (!S.getLangOpts().Bool) return;
7935 // Check that left hand side is !something.
7936 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
7937 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
7939 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
7940 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
7942 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
7943 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
7944 if (SubExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
7947 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_comparison)
7950 // First note suggest !(x < y)
7951 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
7952 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
7953 FirstClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
7954 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
7955 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
7956 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
7957 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
7958 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
7960 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
7961 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
7962 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
7963 SecondClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
7964 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
7965 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
7966 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
7967 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
7968 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
7971 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
7972 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
7973 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
7974 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7975 return DR->getDecl();
7976 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
7977 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
7978 return Ivar->getDecl();
7980 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7981 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
7982 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
7987 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
7988 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7989 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7990 bool IsRelational) {
7991 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
7993 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;
7995 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
7996 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7997 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7998 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
8000 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8001 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8003 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8004 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8006 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8007 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, OpaqueOpc);
8009 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
8010 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
8011 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
8012 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
8013 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8014 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
8015 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
8016 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
8018 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
8019 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
8020 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
8021 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
8022 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
8024 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
8025 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
8026 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
8027 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8032 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
8033 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
8034 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8035 // what is it always going to eval to?
8036 char always_evals_to;
8038 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
8039 always_evals_to = 0; // false
8041 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
8042 always_evals_to = 1; // true
8045 // best we can say is 'a constant'
8046 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
8049 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8051 << always_evals_to);
8054 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
8055 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
8056 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
8057 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
8059 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
8060 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
8061 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
8062 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
8063 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
8064 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
8065 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
8066 literalString = LHS.get();
8067 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
8068 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
8069 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
8070 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
8071 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
8072 literalString = RHS.get();
8073 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
8076 if (literalString) {
8077 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
8078 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
8079 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
8080 << literalString->getSourceRange());
8084 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
8085 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
8086 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8089 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8090 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8092 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
8093 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
8096 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
8099 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8100 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
8101 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8103 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
8107 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
8108 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
8109 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
8110 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
8111 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8112 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8114 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
8115 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
8117 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
8118 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8120 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
8121 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8124 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
8125 // when handling null pointer constants.
8126 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
8127 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
8128 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
8129 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
8130 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
8132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8133 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
8135 if (!IsRelational &&
8136 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
8137 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
8138 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
8139 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
8140 // conformance with the C++ standard.
8141 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
8142 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8143 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
8144 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
8146 if (isSFINAEContext())
8149 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8154 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
8159 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
8160 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
8161 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
8162 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
8163 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8164 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
8165 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8166 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8168 } else if (!IsRelational &&
8169 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
8170 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
8171 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
8172 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8173 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8177 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
8179 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
8180 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8181 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
8183 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8184 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
8185 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8187 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
8188 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
8189 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
8191 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8192 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
8194 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
8199 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8200 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
8201 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
8204 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
8205 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
8207 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
8209 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
8210 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8211 LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
8212 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
8213 : CK_NullToPointer);
8217 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
8219 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
8220 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8221 RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
8222 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
8223 : CK_NullToPointer);
8227 // Comparison of member pointers.
8228 if (!IsRelational &&
8229 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
8230 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
8236 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
8238 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
8239 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
8240 RHS.get()->getType()))
8244 // Handle block pointer types.
8245 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
8246 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
8247 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8248 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8250 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
8251 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8252 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
8253 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8254 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8256 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8260 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
8262 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
8263 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
8264 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8265 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
8266 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
8267 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
8268 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
8269 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
8270 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8271 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8273 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8274 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8275 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
8276 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
8278 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8279 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
8280 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
8284 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
8285 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8286 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8287 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8289 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
8290 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
8292 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
8293 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
8294 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8297 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8298 Expr *E = LHS.get();
8299 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
8300 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8301 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
8302 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8305 Expr *E = RHS.get();
8306 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
8307 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, false,
8309 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
8310 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8314 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8315 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8316 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
8317 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8319 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
8320 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
8322 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8323 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8325 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8329 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
8330 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
8331 unsigned DiagID = 0;
8332 bool isError = false;
8333 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
8334 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
8335 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
8336 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
8337 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
8338 if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8339 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
8340 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8341 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8342 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8343 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8346 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8350 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8351 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8356 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
8357 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8358 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
8360 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8361 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
8365 // Handle block pointers.
8366 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
8367 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
8368 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
8371 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
8372 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
8373 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
8377 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8381 // Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements.
8382 // For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size
8383 // and number of elements.
8384 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
8385 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
8386 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
8387 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
8388 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8389 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
8390 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8391 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
8392 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8393 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
8394 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8395 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
8396 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
8397 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8400 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
8401 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
8402 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
8404 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8406 bool IsRelational) {
8407 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
8408 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
8409 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
8413 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8415 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
8416 // bool for C++, int for C
8417 if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
8418 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
8420 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
8421 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
8422 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
8423 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
8424 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8425 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
8426 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8427 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
8428 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8429 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
8430 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
8431 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8433 << 2 // "a constant"
8437 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8438 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
8439 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
8440 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8443 // Return a signed type for the vector.
8444 return GetSignedVectorType(LHSType);
8447 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8448 SourceLocation Loc) {
8449 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
8450 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
8451 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false);
8453 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8454 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
8455 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
8456 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8458 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
8461 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
8462 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8463 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8465 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8466 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8467 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8468 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8469 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
8471 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8474 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
8475 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
8477 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
8479 LHS = LHSResult.get();
8480 RHS = RHSResult.get();
8482 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
8484 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8487 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8488 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
8490 // Check vector operands differently.
8491 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8492 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
8494 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
8495 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
8497 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
8498 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
8499 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8500 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
8501 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8502 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
8503 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
8504 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
8505 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
8506 llvm::APSInt Result;
8507 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
8508 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
8509 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
8510 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
8511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
8512 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8513 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
8514 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
8515 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
8516 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
8517 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
8518 Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(),
8520 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
8522 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
8523 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
8524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8526 Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(),
8527 0, getSourceManager(),
8529 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
8533 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8534 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
8535 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
8536 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8537 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
8538 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
8539 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
8540 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8543 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8544 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8547 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8548 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8551 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
8552 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
8553 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8555 return Context.IntTy;
8558 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
8559 // non-overloadable operands.
8561 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
8562 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
8563 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
8564 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
8565 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
8566 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8569 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
8570 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
8571 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8574 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
8575 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
8576 // The result is a bool.
8577 return Context.BoolTy;
8580 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
8581 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
8582 if (!ME) return false;
8583 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
8584 ObjCMessageExpr *Base =
8585 dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8586 if (!Base) return false;
8587 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
8590 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
8591 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
8592 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
8593 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
8594 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8595 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
8596 E = E->IgnoreParens();
8598 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
8599 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
8600 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
8601 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
8603 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
8604 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
8605 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
8606 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
8607 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
8609 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
8610 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
8611 while (DC != var->getDeclContext()) {
8613 DC = DC->getParent();
8615 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
8616 if (!var->isInitCapture())
8618 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
8621 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
8622 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
8623 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
8624 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
8625 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
8626 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
8628 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
8629 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
8630 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
8633 unsigned DiagID = 0;
8634 bool NeedType = false;
8635 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
8636 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
8637 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const;
8639 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
8640 // from an enclosing function or block.
8641 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
8642 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
8643 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
8645 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
8649 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
8650 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
8651 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
8652 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
8653 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
8654 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
8656 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
8657 // user actually wrote 'const'.
8658 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
8659 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
8660 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
8661 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
8663 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
8664 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
8665 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
8666 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
8667 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
8669 // - fast enumeration variables
8671 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
8675 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
8676 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
8677 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
8685 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
8686 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
8687 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
8690 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
8691 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
8694 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
8695 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
8697 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
8698 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
8699 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
8700 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
8701 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
8702 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
8704 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
8705 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
8706 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
8707 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
8708 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
8709 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
8711 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
8712 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
8713 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
8714 DiagID = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
8716 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
8717 DiagID = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
8723 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
8725 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
8727 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
8731 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8735 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
8736 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
8737 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
8738 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
8739 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
8742 // Objective-C instance variables
8743 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
8744 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
8745 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
8746 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
8747 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
8748 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
8749 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
8754 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
8756 QualType CompoundType) {
8757 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
8759 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
8760 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
8763 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
8764 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
8766 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
8767 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
8768 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
8770 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
8772 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
8773 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
8774 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8776 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
8777 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
8778 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
8779 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
8780 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
8781 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
8782 ConvTy = Compatible;
8784 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
8785 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
8786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
8789 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
8790 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
8791 // instead of "x += 4".
8792 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
8793 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
8794 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
8795 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
8796 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
8797 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
8798 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
8799 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
8800 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
8801 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
8802 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
8803 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
8804 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
8805 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
8806 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
8810 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
8811 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8812 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
8813 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
8814 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
8815 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
8816 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
8817 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8818 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
8820 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8821 // Although this code can still have problems:
8822 // id x = self.weakProp;
8823 // id y = self.weakProp;
8824 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8825 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8826 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8827 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8828 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
8829 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
8831 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
8832 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
8836 // Compound assignment "x += y"
8837 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
8840 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
8841 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
8844 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
8846 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
8847 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
8848 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
8849 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
8850 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
8851 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
8853 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8854 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
8858 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8859 SourceLocation Loc) {
8860 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
8861 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
8862 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8865 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
8866 // operands, but not unary promotions.
8867 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
8869 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
8870 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
8871 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
8872 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8875 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
8877 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8878 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
8879 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8881 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
8882 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
8883 diag::err_incomplete_type);
8886 return RHS.get()->getType();
8889 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
8890 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
8891 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
8894 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8895 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
8896 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
8897 return S.Context.DependentTy;
8899 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
8900 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
8901 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
8903 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8904 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8906 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
8908 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
8909 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
8911 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
8914 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
8915 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
8916 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
8917 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
8918 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
8920 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
8922 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
8923 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
8924 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
8926 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8927 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
8928 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
8929 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
8930 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
8932 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
8933 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
8934 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
8935 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
8936 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
8937 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
8938 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8939 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
8941 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
8942 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
8943 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
8944 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
8945 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
8947 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
8948 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
8951 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
8952 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
8953 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
8955 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
8956 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
8958 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8960 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
8964 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
8969 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
8970 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
8971 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
8972 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
8973 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
8975 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
8977 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
8978 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
8979 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
8980 /// - & __real__ x -> x
8981 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
8982 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
8983 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
8984 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
8985 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
8986 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
8987 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
8989 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
8991 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
8992 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
8993 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
8994 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
8995 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
8996 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
8997 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
8998 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
8999 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
9003 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
9004 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
9006 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
9010 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
9015 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
9016 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
9017 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
9018 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
9019 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
9020 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
9029 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
9030 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
9031 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
9035 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
9037 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
9038 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9039 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
9040 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
9043 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
9044 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
9045 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
9046 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
9047 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
9048 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
9049 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
9050 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9051 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
9052 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9053 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
9054 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
9055 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
9056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
9057 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9061 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
9062 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
9063 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
9064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9065 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9069 return Context.OverloadTy;
9072 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
9073 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
9075 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
9076 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9077 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9081 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
9082 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9085 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
9086 return Context.DependentTy;
9088 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
9090 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
9091 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
9093 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
9094 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
9095 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
9099 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
9100 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
9101 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
9102 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
9103 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
9104 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
9105 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
9107 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
9108 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
9110 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
9111 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
9112 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
9114 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
9115 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
9116 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
9117 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
9118 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
9121 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
9122 OrigOp = op = new (Context)
9123 MaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
9124 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
9125 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
9126 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
9127 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
9128 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
9130 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
9131 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
9132 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9133 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9136 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
9137 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9139 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
9140 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
9141 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
9142 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9144 // The method was named without a qualifier.
9145 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
9146 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
9147 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
9148 << op->getSourceRange();
9150 SmallString<32> Str;
9151 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
9152 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
9153 << op->getSourceRange()
9154 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
9158 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
9159 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
9160 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
9162 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
9163 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
9164 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
9165 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy, 0);
9167 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
9169 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
9170 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
9171 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
9172 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
9173 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
9175 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
9176 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
9180 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
9181 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
9182 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
9183 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
9184 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
9185 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
9186 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
9187 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
9188 // with the register storage-class specifier.
9189 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
9190 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
9191 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
9192 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
9193 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9194 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
9196 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9197 return Context.OverloadTy;
9198 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
9199 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
9200 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
9201 // scope qualifier for the class.
9202 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
9203 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
9204 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
9205 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9207 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
9208 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
9212 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
9213 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
9215 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
9217 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
9218 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
9219 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy, 0);
9223 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl))
9224 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
9227 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
9228 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
9232 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
9233 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
9234 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
9235 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
9236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
9239 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
9240 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
9241 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
9242 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
9245 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
9246 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
9249 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
9252 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
9255 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
9256 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
9258 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
9259 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
9260 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
9263 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
9264 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
9265 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9266 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
9267 return S.Context.DependentTy;
9269 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
9270 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
9272 Op = ConvResult.get();
9273 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
9276 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
9277 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
9278 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
9279 Op->getSourceRange());
9282 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
9283 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
9284 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
9285 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
9286 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
9288 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
9289 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9291 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
9294 if (Result.isNull()) {
9295 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
9296 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
9300 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
9301 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
9302 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
9303 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
9304 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
9306 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
9307 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
9308 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
9309 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
9310 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
9311 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
9313 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
9316 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
9317 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
9323 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
9324 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
9326 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
9327 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
9328 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
9329 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
9330 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
9331 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
9332 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
9333 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
9334 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
9335 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
9336 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
9337 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
9338 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
9339 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
9340 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
9341 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
9342 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
9343 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
9344 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
9345 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
9346 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
9347 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
9348 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
9349 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
9350 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
9351 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
9352 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
9353 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
9354 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
9355 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
9356 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
9357 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
9358 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
9363 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
9364 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
9365 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
9367 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
9368 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
9369 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
9370 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
9371 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
9372 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
9373 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
9374 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
9375 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
9376 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
9377 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
9378 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
9383 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
9384 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
9385 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
9386 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9387 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9388 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9390 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
9392 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9393 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9394 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
9395 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
9396 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
9397 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
9398 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
9400 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
9401 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
9402 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
9403 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
9404 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
9406 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
9408 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9409 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
9412 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
9413 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
9414 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
9417 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
9418 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
9419 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
9420 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9421 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
9424 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
9425 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
9426 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
9428 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9429 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
9432 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9433 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
9437 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
9438 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
9439 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
9440 // code should generally never do.
9441 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9442 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
9443 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
9444 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
9445 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
9446 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
9447 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
9448 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
9449 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
9450 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
9451 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
9452 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
9456 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
9460 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
9461 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
9462 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
9463 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
9464 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9465 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
9467 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
9468 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
9469 // non-assignment operators.
9471 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
9472 // of x = {} is x = T().
9473 InitializationKind Kind =
9474 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
9475 InitializedEntity Entity =
9476 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
9477 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
9478 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
9479 if (Init.isInvalid())
9481 RHSExpr = Init.get();
9484 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
9485 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
9486 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
9487 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
9488 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
9489 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
9490 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
9492 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9493 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
9494 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
9495 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
9496 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
9497 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
9498 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
9504 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
9505 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9506 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
9507 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
9508 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
9510 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
9511 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
9512 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
9514 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
9518 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
9523 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
9527 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
9530 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
9533 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
9537 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
9543 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
9547 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
9550 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
9553 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
9557 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
9561 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
9562 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
9563 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
9564 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9565 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9568 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
9569 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
9570 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9571 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9574 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
9575 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9576 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9579 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
9580 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9581 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9585 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
9586 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
9587 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9588 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9591 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
9592 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
9594 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
9595 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
9596 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
9597 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
9600 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
9601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
9602 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
9603 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
9607 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9610 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
9611 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
9612 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
9614 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9615 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
9616 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
9617 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
9618 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
9619 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
9620 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
9621 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
9622 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
9623 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
9626 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
9628 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
9629 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9630 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
9632 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
9633 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
9634 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
9635 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
9638 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
9640 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
9641 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
9642 OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
9645 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
9646 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
9647 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
9648 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
9649 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9650 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
9652 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
9653 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
9655 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator.
9656 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
9657 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
9658 if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp)
9661 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
9662 // Don't diagnose this.
9663 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
9664 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
9665 if ((isLeftComp || isLeftBitwise) && (isRightComp || isRightBitwise))
9668 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
9670 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
9671 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
9672 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
9673 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
9674 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
9676 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
9677 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
9678 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
9679 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
9680 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
9681 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
9682 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
9683 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
9687 /// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
9688 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
9691 EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9692 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
9693 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
9694 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
9695 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
9696 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
9697 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
9698 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
9699 Bop->getSourceRange());
9702 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
9703 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
9706 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9707 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
9708 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
9709 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
9710 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
9711 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
9712 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
9713 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
9714 Bop->getSourceRange());
9717 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
9719 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
9721 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
9722 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
9725 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
9727 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
9729 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
9730 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
9733 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
9734 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9735 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9736 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
9737 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
9738 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
9739 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
9741 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
9742 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
9743 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
9744 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
9745 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
9746 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
9747 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
9748 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
9749 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
9755 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
9756 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9757 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9758 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
9759 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
9760 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
9761 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
9763 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
9764 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
9765 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
9770 /// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
9771 static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9773 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
9774 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
9775 return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
9779 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9780 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
9781 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
9782 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
9783 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
9784 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
9785 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
9786 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
9787 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
9788 Bop->getSourceRange());
9793 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9794 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9795 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
9799 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
9800 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
9803 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
9804 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
9807 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
9808 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
9809 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
9810 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
9811 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
9812 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
9813 OCE->getSourceRange());
9814 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
9815 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
9816 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
9817 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
9820 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
9822 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9823 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
9825 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
9826 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
9827 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9829 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
9830 if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
9831 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
9832 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
9835 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
9836 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
9837 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
9838 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9839 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9842 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
9844 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
9845 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
9846 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
9849 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
9851 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
9852 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9855 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
9856 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
9857 tok::TokenKind Kind,
9858 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9859 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
9860 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
9861 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
9863 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
9864 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9866 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9869 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
9870 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9871 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9872 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
9873 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
9874 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
9875 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
9877 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
9878 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
9879 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
9880 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
9881 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
9882 RHS->getType(), Functions);
9884 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
9885 // binary operation.
9886 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
9889 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
9890 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9891 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
9892 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
9893 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
9894 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
9895 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
9896 // any placeholder types out of the way.
9898 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
9899 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
9900 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
9901 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
9902 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
9903 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9905 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
9906 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9907 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
9908 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
9909 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
9910 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
9911 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
9912 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
9913 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9914 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
9916 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
9917 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9918 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9921 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
9922 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9923 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
9926 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
9927 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
9928 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
9929 // being assigned to.
9930 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9931 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
9932 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9934 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9935 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9937 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9940 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
9941 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
9942 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9943 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9945 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
9946 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
9947 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
9950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9951 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
9953 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
9954 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9956 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
9957 // overloadable type.
9958 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
9959 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
9960 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9963 // Build a built-in binary operation.
9964 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
9967 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
9968 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
9970 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
9971 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
9972 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
9973 QualType resultType;
9979 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
9987 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
9988 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
9991 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
9992 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9993 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
9998 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
9999 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10000 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10001 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10003 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
10004 resultType->isVectorType())
10006 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
10008 resultType->isPointerType())
10011 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10012 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10014 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
10015 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
10016 if (Input.isInvalid())
10017 return ExprError();
10018 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10019 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10021 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
10022 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
10023 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
10024 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
10025 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
10026 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
10028 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
10029 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10030 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
10031 // on vector float types.
10032 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
10033 if (!T->isIntegerType())
10034 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10035 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10039 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10040 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10044 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
10045 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
10046 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
10047 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10048 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10050 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
10051 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
10052 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
10053 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
10056 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10058 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
10059 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
10060 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10061 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
10062 // operand contextually converted to bool.
10063 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
10064 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
10065 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10066 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10067 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
10068 // operate on scalar float types.
10069 if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
10070 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10071 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10073 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
10074 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10075 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10076 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
10077 // operate on vector float types.
10078 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
10079 if (!T->isIntegerType())
10080 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10081 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10083 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
10084 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
10087 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10088 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10091 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
10092 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
10093 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
10097 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
10098 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
10099 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
10100 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10101 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
10102 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
10103 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
10104 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
10105 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10106 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
10107 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
10111 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10112 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
10113 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
10116 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
10117 return ExprError();
10119 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
10120 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
10121 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
10122 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
10123 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
10124 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
10126 return new (Context)
10127 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
10130 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
10131 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
10132 /// with the address-of operator.
10133 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
10134 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10135 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
10138 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
10139 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
10142 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
10144 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
10145 return Method->isInstance();
10150 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
10151 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
10154 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator D = ULE->decls_begin(),
10155 DEnd = ULE->decls_end();
10157 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*D)) {
10158 if (Method->isInstance())
10161 // Overload set does not contain methods.
10172 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10173 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
10174 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
10175 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
10176 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
10177 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
10178 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
10179 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
10180 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10182 // extension is always a builtin operator.
10183 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
10184 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10186 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
10187 // The builtin code knows what to do.
10188 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
10189 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
10190 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
10191 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
10192 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10194 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
10195 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
10196 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10197 Input = Result.get();
10200 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
10201 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
10202 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
10203 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
10204 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
10205 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
10207 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
10208 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
10209 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
10210 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
10213 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
10216 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10219 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
10220 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10221 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
10222 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
10225 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
10226 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
10227 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
10228 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
10229 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
10230 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
10231 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
10234 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
10235 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
10236 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
10237 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
10239 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
10240 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
10241 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
10242 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
10244 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
10245 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
10248 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
10249 // features of the statement.
10250 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
10251 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
10252 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
10253 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
10257 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
10258 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
10261 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
10262 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
10263 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
10265 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10266 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10270 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
10271 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
10272 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
10273 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
10275 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
10276 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10277 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
10278 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10280 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
10281 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
10282 // More semantic analysis is needed.
10284 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
10285 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
10286 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
10287 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
10288 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
10289 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
10290 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
10291 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
10292 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
10293 LastLabelStmt = Label;
10294 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
10297 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
10298 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
10299 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
10300 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
10301 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
10302 return ExprError();
10303 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10305 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
10306 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
10307 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
10308 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
10309 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
10310 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
10312 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
10313 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
10314 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
10316 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
10317 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
10324 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
10325 return ExprError();
10326 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
10327 if (!LastLabelStmt)
10328 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
10330 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
10331 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
10337 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
10338 // expressions are not lvalues.
10339 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
10340 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
10341 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
10342 return ResStmtExpr;
10345 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10347 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
10348 unsigned NumComponents,
10349 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
10350 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
10351 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
10352 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
10354 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
10355 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
10356 // a struct/union/class.
10357 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
10358 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
10359 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
10361 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
10362 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
10364 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
10365 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
10366 return ExprError();
10368 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
10369 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
10370 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
10371 // a system header!
10372 if (NumComponents != 1)
10373 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
10374 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
10376 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
10377 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
10378 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
10379 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
10380 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
10381 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
10382 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
10383 if (OC.isBrackets) {
10384 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
10385 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
10386 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
10388 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
10390 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
10392 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
10394 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
10395 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
10396 return ExprError();
10397 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
10399 // The expression must be an integral expression.
10400 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
10401 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
10402 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
10403 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
10404 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
10405 << Idx->getSourceRange());
10407 // Record this array index.
10408 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
10409 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
10413 // Offset of a field.
10414 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
10415 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
10416 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
10417 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
10418 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
10422 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
10423 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
10424 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
10425 return ExprError();
10427 // Look for the designated field.
10428 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
10430 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
10432 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
10434 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
10435 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
10436 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
10438 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
10439 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
10441 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10442 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
10444 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
10445 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
10447 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
10448 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
10450 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
10452 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
10455 // Look for the field.
10456 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
10457 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
10458 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
10459 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
10461 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
10462 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
10466 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
10467 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
10471 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
10473 // We diagnose this as an error.
10474 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
10475 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
10476 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
10477 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
10478 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
10479 return ExprError();
10482 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
10483 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
10484 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
10486 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
10487 // the base class indirections.
10488 CXXBasePaths Paths;
10489 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
10490 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
10491 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
10492 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
10493 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
10494 return ExprError();
10497 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
10498 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
10500 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
10503 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
10504 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
10505 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
10506 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
10507 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
10510 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
10512 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
10515 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
10516 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
10519 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
10520 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10521 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
10522 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
10523 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
10524 unsigned NumComponents,
10525 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
10527 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
10528 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
10529 if (ArgTy.isNull())
10530 return ExprError();
10533 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
10535 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
10540 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10542 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10543 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
10544 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
10546 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
10547 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
10549 bool ValueDependent = false;
10550 bool CondIsTrue = false;
10551 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
10552 resType = Context.DependentTy;
10553 ValueDependent = true;
10555 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
10556 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
10558 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
10559 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
10560 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
10561 return ExprError();
10562 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
10563 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
10565 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
10566 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
10568 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
10569 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
10570 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
10571 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
10574 return new (Context)
10575 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
10576 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
10579 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10580 // Clang Extensions.
10581 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10583 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
10584 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
10585 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
10587 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
10588 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
10589 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
10590 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
10591 ManglingContextDecl)) {
10592 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
10593 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
10597 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
10598 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
10600 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
10602 CurContext = Block;
10604 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
10606 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
10607 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
10608 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
10611 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
10613 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10614 "block-id should have no identifier!");
10615 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
10616 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
10618 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
10619 QualType T = Sig->getType();
10621 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
10622 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
10623 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
10624 // Drop the parameters.
10625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
10626 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
10627 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
10628 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
10629 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10632 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
10633 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
10634 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
10635 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
10636 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
10638 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
10639 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
10641 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
10642 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
10644 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
10645 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
10646 // written signature.
10647 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
10648 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
10649 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
10650 // TypeSourceInfos.
10651 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
10652 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
10653 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
10654 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
10656 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
10660 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
10661 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
10663 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
10664 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
10666 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
10668 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
10670 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
10671 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
10673 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
10674 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
10675 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
10676 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
10677 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
10680 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
10681 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
10682 if (ExplicitSignature) {
10683 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
10684 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
10685 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10686 !Param->isImplicit() &&
10687 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10688 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10689 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10690 Params.push_back(Param);
10693 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
10694 // ^ fntype { ... }
10695 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10696 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
10697 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
10698 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
10699 Params.push_back(Param);
10703 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
10704 if (!Params.empty()) {
10705 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
10706 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
10707 CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
10708 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
10711 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
10712 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
10714 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
10715 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->params()) {
10716 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
10718 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10719 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
10720 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
10722 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
10727 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
10728 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
10729 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
10730 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
10731 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10732 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10734 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
10736 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
10739 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
10740 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
10741 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
10742 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
10743 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
10744 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
10745 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
10747 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
10748 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
10749 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10750 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
10751 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10753 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
10755 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
10756 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
10760 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
10761 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
10762 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
10764 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
10767 // Set the captured variables on the block.
10768 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
10769 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
10770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Captures.size(); i != e; i++) {
10771 CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = BSI->Captures[i];
10772 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
10774 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
10775 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
10776 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
10778 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures.begin(), Captures.end(),
10779 BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
10781 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
10782 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
10783 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
10785 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
10786 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
10788 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
10789 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
10790 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
10792 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
10794 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
10795 // preserve its sugar structure.
10796 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
10797 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
10798 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
10800 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
10802 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
10803 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10804 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
10806 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
10809 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
10811 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
10812 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
10813 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
10816 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
10817 BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
10818 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
10820 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
10821 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10822 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10823 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
10825 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
10827 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
10828 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
10829 // to deduce an implicit return type.
10830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
10831 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
10832 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
10834 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
10835 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10836 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
10838 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
10839 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
10840 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
10841 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
10842 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
10843 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
10845 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
10846 // variables needs destruction.
10847 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
10848 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
10849 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
10850 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10859 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10860 Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
10861 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
10862 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
10863 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
10864 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
10867 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10868 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10869 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
10870 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
10872 // Get the va_list type
10873 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
10874 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
10875 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
10876 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
10877 // a pointer for va_arg.
10878 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
10879 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
10880 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
10881 if (Result.isInvalid())
10882 return ExprError();
10884 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10885 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
10886 // check the argument using reference binding.
10887 InitializedEntity Entity
10888 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
10889 Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
10890 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
10891 if (Init.isInvalid())
10892 return ExprError();
10893 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
10895 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
10896 // it is modified by va_arg.
10897 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
10898 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
10899 return ExprError();
10902 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
10903 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
10904 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
10905 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
10906 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
10909 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
10910 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
10911 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
10912 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
10913 return ExprError();
10915 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10917 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
10918 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
10919 return ExprError();
10921 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
10922 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10923 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
10924 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
10925 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
10926 << TInfo->getType()
10927 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
10930 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
10931 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
10932 QualType PromoteType;
10933 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
10934 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
10935 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
10936 PromoteType = QualType();
10938 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
10939 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
10940 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
10941 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
10942 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
10943 << TInfo->getType()
10945 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
10948 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
10949 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T);
10952 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
10953 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
10954 // pointers on the target.
10956 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
10957 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
10958 Ty = Context.IntTy;
10959 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
10960 Ty = Context.LongTy;
10961 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
10962 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
10964 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
10967 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
10971 Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp) {
10972 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
10975 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
10979 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
10980 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
10981 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
10982 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
10986 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
10987 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
10988 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
10989 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10990 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
10991 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
10992 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10994 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
10995 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
10997 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
10998 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
10999 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
11003 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
11004 SourceLocation Loc,
11005 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11006 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
11007 bool *Complained) {
11009 *Complained = false;
11011 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
11012 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
11013 bool isInvalid = false;
11014 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
11016 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
11017 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
11018 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
11019 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
11020 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
11024 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
11028 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
11029 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11030 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11033 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
11034 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11035 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11037 case IncompatiblePointer:
11039 (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited ?
11040 diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer :
11041 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer);
11042 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
11043 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
11044 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
11045 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11047 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
11048 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
11049 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
11051 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11053 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
11054 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
11056 case FunctionVoidPointer:
11057 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
11059 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
11060 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
11061 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
11063 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
11064 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
11065 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
11066 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
11070 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
11071 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
11075 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
11078 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
11079 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
11080 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
11081 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
11082 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
11083 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
11084 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
11085 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
11086 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
11088 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11089 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
11091 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
11093 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
11094 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
11096 case IntToBlockPointer:
11097 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
11099 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
11100 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
11102 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
11103 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
11104 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
11105 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11106 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
11110 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
11111 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
11112 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
11114 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
11115 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
11116 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11117 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
11121 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
11122 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
11123 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
11125 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
11128 case IncompatibleVectors:
11129 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
11131 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
11132 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
11135 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
11136 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11137 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11139 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
11143 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
11146 case AA_Initializing:
11147 // The destination type comes first.
11148 FirstType = DstType;
11149 SecondType = SrcType;
11154 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
11155 case AA_Converting:
11158 // The source type comes first.
11159 FirstType = SrcType;
11160 SecondType = DstType;
11164 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
11165 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
11166 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
11168 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
11170 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
11171 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
11172 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
11173 for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(),
11174 HE = ConvHints.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI)
11179 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
11181 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
11182 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
11185 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
11186 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
11187 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::not_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
11188 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
11190 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
11191 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
11194 if (CheckInferredResultType)
11195 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
11197 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
11198 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
11201 *Complained = true;
11205 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11206 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
11207 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11209 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
11210 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
11214 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
11217 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11218 llvm::APSInt *Result,
11221 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11225 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
11226 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
11228 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
11229 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
11231 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
11233 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
11236 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11238 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
11242 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
11243 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
11245 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
11247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
11248 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
11249 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
11250 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
11251 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
11252 // unscoped enumeration type
11253 ExprResult Converted;
11254 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
11256 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
11257 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
11260 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11261 QualType T) override {
11262 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
11265 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
11266 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
11267 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
11270 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
11271 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
11272 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
11275 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
11276 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
11277 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
11278 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
11281 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
11282 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
11283 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
11286 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
11287 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
11288 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
11289 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
11292 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
11293 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
11294 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
11296 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
11298 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
11300 if (Converted.isInvalid())
11302 E = Converted.get();
11303 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
11304 return ExprError();
11305 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
11306 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
11307 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
11308 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11309 return ExprError();
11312 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
11313 // in the non-ICE case.
11314 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
11316 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
11320 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
11321 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
11322 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
11324 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
11325 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
11326 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
11327 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
11329 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
11330 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
11331 // this is a constant expression.
11332 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
11334 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
11338 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
11339 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
11341 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
11342 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
11343 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
11347 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
11348 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
11349 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11350 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11351 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11354 return ExprError();
11357 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11358 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11359 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11362 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
11367 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
11368 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
11369 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
11370 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
11373 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
11375 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
11376 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
11378 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
11379 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
11380 // fix to TreeTransform?
11381 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
11382 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
11383 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
11386 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
11387 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
11388 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
11389 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
11392 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
11393 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11394 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
11395 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
11396 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
11397 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
11398 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
11400 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
11403 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
11404 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11405 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
11408 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
11411 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
11412 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
11418 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
11419 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
11420 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
11421 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
11422 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
11423 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
11425 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
11429 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
11430 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
11432 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
11433 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext,
11434 ExprCleanupObjects.size(),
11438 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
11439 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
11440 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
11444 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
11445 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
11447 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
11448 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
11451 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
11452 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
11453 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
11455 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
11456 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
11458 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
11459 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
11460 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
11462 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
11464 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
11465 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
11466 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
11467 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
11468 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
11470 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
11471 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
11473 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
11474 // during lambda expression creation.
11475 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
11476 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
11477 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
11482 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
11483 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
11484 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
11485 // will never be constructed.
11486 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
11487 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
11488 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
11489 ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
11490 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
11491 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
11492 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
11494 ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
11495 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
11496 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
11499 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
11500 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
11502 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
11503 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
11505 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
11506 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
11509 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
11510 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
11511 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
11512 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
11513 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
11514 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
11517 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
11518 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
11520 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
11523 static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
11524 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
11525 // an instantiation.
11526 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
11529 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
11530 case Sema::Unevaluated:
11531 case Sema::UnevaluatedAbstract:
11532 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
11533 // (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do
11534 // something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's
11535 // definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.)
11538 case Sema::ConstantEvaluated:
11539 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
11540 // We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression
11541 // in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly
11542 // define class members, and mark most declarations as used.
11545 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
11546 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
11547 // containing expression is used.
11550 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
11553 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
11554 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
11555 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
11557 assert(Func && "No function?");
11559 Func->setReferenced();
11561 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
11562 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
11563 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
11564 // set of overloaded functions [...].
11566 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
11567 // can just check that here. Skip the rest of this function if we've already
11568 // marked the function as used.
11569 if (Func->isUsed(false) || !IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this)) {
11570 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
11571 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
11572 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
11573 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
11574 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
11576 // We consider constexpr function templates to be referenced in a context
11577 // that requires a definition to exist whenever they are referenced.
11579 // FIXME: This instantiates constexpr functions too frequently. If this is
11580 // really an unevaluated context (and we're not just in the definition of a
11581 // function template or overload resolution or other cases which we
11582 // incorrectly consider to be unevaluated contexts), and we're not in a
11583 // subexpression which we actually need to evaluate (for instance, a
11584 // template argument, array bound or an expression in a braced-init-list),
11585 // we are not permitted to instantiate this constexpr function definition.
11587 // FIXME: This also implicitly defines special members too frequently. They
11588 // are only supposed to be implicitly defined if they are odr-used, but they
11589 // are not odr-used from constant expressions in unevaluated contexts.
11590 // However, they cannot be referenced if they are deleted, and they are
11591 // deleted whenever the implicit definition of the special member would
11593 if (!Func->isConstexpr() || Func->getBody())
11595 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
11596 if (!Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() && (!MD || MD->isUserProvided()))
11600 // Note that this declaration has been used.
11601 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
11602 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
11603 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
11604 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
11605 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
11607 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
11608 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
11609 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
11610 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
11611 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
11613 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
11614 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
11616 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
11617 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
11618 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
11619 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted())
11620 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
11621 if (Destructor->isVirtual())
11622 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
11623 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
11624 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
11625 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
11626 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
11627 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
11628 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
11629 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
11631 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
11633 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
11634 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
11635 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
11636 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
11637 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
11638 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
11640 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
11641 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
11642 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
11645 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
11646 // FIXME: Is this really right?
11647 if (CurContext == Func) return;
11649 // Resolve the exception specification for any function which is
11650 // used: CodeGen will need it.
11651 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11652 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
11653 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
11655 if (!OdrUse) return;
11657 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
11658 // class templates.
11659 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
11660 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
11661 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
11662 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
11663 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
11664 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
11665 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
11666 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
11667 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
11668 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
11669 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
11671 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
11672 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
11673 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
11674 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
11675 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
11676 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
11677 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
11678 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
11682 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
11683 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
11684 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
11685 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size())
11686 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
11687 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
11688 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
11689 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
11690 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
11691 // call to such a function.
11692 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
11694 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
11695 PointOfInstantiation));
11696 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
11697 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
11701 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
11702 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
11703 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
11704 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i);
11708 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
11709 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
11710 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
11711 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
11712 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
11713 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
11714 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
11715 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
11718 // Normally the most current decl is marked used while processing the use and
11719 // any subsequent decls are marked used by decl merging. This fails with
11720 // template instantiation since marking can happen at the end of the file
11721 // and, because of the two phase lookup, this function is called with at
11722 // decl in the middle of a decl chain. We loop to maintain the invariant
11723 // that once a decl is used, all decls after it are also used.
11724 for (FunctionDecl *F = Func->getMostRecentDecl();; F = F->getPreviousDecl()) {
11725 F->markUsed(Context);
11732 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
11733 VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
11734 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
11736 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
11737 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
11739 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
11740 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
11743 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
11744 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
11745 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
11747 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
11748 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
11749 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
11750 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11753 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
11754 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
11755 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda)
11756 << var->getIdentifier();
11757 } else if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
11758 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
11759 << var->getIdentifier() << fn->getDeclName();
11760 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
11761 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block)
11762 << var->getIdentifier();
11764 // FIXME: Is there any other context where a local variable can be
11766 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context)
11767 << var->getIdentifier();
11770 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
11771 << var->getIdentifier();
11773 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
11778 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
11779 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
11780 QualType &CaptureType,
11781 QualType &DeclRefType) {
11782 // Check whether we've already captured it.
11783 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
11784 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
11785 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
11787 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
11788 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
11790 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
11791 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
11793 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
11794 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
11795 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable))
11796 DeclRefType.addConst();
11802 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
11803 // capture; other scopes don't work.
11804 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
11805 SourceLocation Loc,
11806 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
11807 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
11808 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
11809 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
11811 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
11816 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
11817 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
11818 // so check for eligibility.
11819 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
11820 SourceLocation Loc,
11821 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
11823 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
11824 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
11826 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
11827 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
11828 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
11829 // assuming that's the intent.
11830 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
11832 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
11833 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11838 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
11839 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
11841 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
11842 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11843 << Var->getDeclName();
11847 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
11848 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
11849 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11850 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11853 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
11855 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
11856 << Var->getDeclName();
11857 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11858 << Var->getDeclName();
11863 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
11864 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
11865 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
11866 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
11868 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
11869 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
11870 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11871 << Var->getDeclName();
11879 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
11880 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
11881 SourceLocation Loc,
11882 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
11883 QualType &CaptureType,
11884 QualType &DeclRefType,
11887 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
11888 bool ByRef = false;
11890 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
11891 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
11892 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11893 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
11894 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11895 << Var->getDeclName();
11900 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
11901 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
11902 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11903 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
11905 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
11906 << Var->getDeclName();
11910 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
11911 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType()) {
11912 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
11913 // declaration reference types.
11916 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
11917 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
11918 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
11920 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
11921 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11922 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
11923 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
11924 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
11925 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
11926 // actually requires the destructor.
11927 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
11928 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
11930 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
11931 // full-expression.
11932 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, S.PotentiallyEvaluated);
11934 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
11935 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
11936 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
11937 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
11938 DeclRefType.withConst(),
11942 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
11943 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
11944 CaptureType, false),
11947 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
11948 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
11949 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
11950 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
11951 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
11953 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
11954 CopyExpr = Result.get();
11960 // Actually capture the variable.
11961 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
11962 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
11963 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
11970 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
11971 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
11973 SourceLocation Loc,
11974 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
11975 QualType &CaptureType,
11976 QualType &DeclRefType,
11977 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
11980 // By default, capture variables by reference.
11982 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
11983 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
11984 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
11985 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
11986 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
11987 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
11988 // evaluation will be needed.
11989 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
11992 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
11993 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
11994 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
11995 Field->setImplicit(true);
11996 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
11997 RD->addDecl(Field);
11999 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
12000 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
12001 Var->setReferenced(true);
12002 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
12005 // Actually capture the variable.
12006 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12007 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
12008 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
12014 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
12015 /// being captured. Handle Array captures.
12016 static ExprResult addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S,
12017 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
12018 VarDecl *Var, QualType FieldType,
12019 QualType DeclRefType,
12020 SourceLocation Loc,
12021 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
12022 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
12024 // Build the non-static data member.
12026 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
12027 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
12028 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
12029 Field->setImplicit(true);
12030 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
12031 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
12033 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p21:
12034 // When the lambda-expression is evaluated, the entities that
12035 // are captured by copy are used to direct-initialize each
12036 // corresponding non-static data member of the resulting closure
12037 // object. (For array members, the array elements are
12038 // direct-initialized in increasing subscript order.) These
12039 // initializations are performed in the (unspecified) order in
12040 // which the non-static data members are declared.
12042 // Introduce a new evaluation context for the initialization, so
12043 // that temporaries introduced as part of the capture are retained
12044 // to be re-"exported" from the lambda expression itself.
12045 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
12047 // C++ [expr.prim.labda]p12:
12048 // An entity captured by a lambda-expression is odr-used (3.2) in
12049 // the scope containing the lambda-expression.
12050 Expr *Ref = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
12051 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
12052 Var->setReferenced(true);
12053 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
12055 // When the field has array type, create index variables for each
12056 // dimension of the array. We use these index variables to subscript
12057 // the source array, and other clients (e.g., CodeGen) will perform
12058 // the necessary iteration with these index variables.
12059 SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> IndexVariables;
12060 QualType BaseType = FieldType;
12061 QualType SizeType = S.Context.getSizeType();
12062 LSI->ArrayIndexStarts.push_back(LSI->ArrayIndexVars.size());
12063 while (const ConstantArrayType *Array
12064 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseType)) {
12065 // Create the iteration variable for this array index.
12066 IdentifierInfo *IterationVarName = nullptr;
12068 SmallString<8> Str;
12069 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
12070 OS << "__i" << IndexVariables.size();
12071 IterationVarName = &S.Context.Idents.get(OS.str());
12073 VarDecl *IterationVar
12074 = VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc,
12075 IterationVarName, SizeType,
12076 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SizeType, Loc),
12078 IndexVariables.push_back(IterationVar);
12079 LSI->ArrayIndexVars.push_back(IterationVar);
12081 // Create a reference to the iteration variable.
12082 ExprResult IterationVarRef
12083 = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(IterationVar, SizeType, VK_LValue, Loc);
12084 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
12085 "Reference to invented variable cannot fail!");
12086 IterationVarRef = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(IterationVarRef.get());
12087 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() &&
12088 "Conversion of invented variable cannot fail!");
12090 // Subscript the array with this iteration variable.
12091 ExprResult Subscript = S.CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(
12092 Ref, Loc, IterationVarRef.get(), Loc);
12093 if (Subscript.isInvalid()) {
12094 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
12095 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12096 return ExprError();
12099 Ref = Subscript.get();
12100 BaseType = Array->getElementType();
12103 // Construct the entity that we will be initializing. For an array, this
12104 // will be first element in the array, which may require several levels
12105 // of array-subscript entities.
12106 SmallVector<InitializedEntity, 4> Entities;
12107 Entities.reserve(1 + IndexVariables.size());
12108 Entities.push_back(
12109 InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(Var->getIdentifier(),
12110 Field->getType(), Loc));
12111 for (unsigned I = 0, N = IndexVariables.size(); I != N; ++I)
12112 Entities.push_back(InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(S.Context,
12116 InitializationKind InitKind
12117 = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
12118 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
12119 ExprResult Result(true);
12120 if (!Init.Diagnose(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref))
12121 Result = Init.Perform(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, Ref);
12123 // If this initialization requires any cleanups (e.g., due to a
12124 // default argument to a copy constructor), note that for the
12126 if (S.ExprNeedsCleanups)
12127 LSI->ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
12129 // Exit the expression evaluation context used for the capture.
12130 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking();
12131 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12137 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
12138 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
12140 SourceLocation Loc,
12141 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
12142 QualType &CaptureType,
12143 QualType &DeclRefType,
12144 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
12145 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
12146 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
12147 const bool IsTopScope,
12150 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
12151 bool ByRef = false;
12152 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
12153 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
12155 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
12158 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
12160 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
12161 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
12162 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
12163 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
12164 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
12165 // captured by reference.
12167 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
12168 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
12169 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
12170 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
12171 // easily defensible position.
12172 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
12174 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
12175 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
12176 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
12177 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
12178 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
12179 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
12180 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
12181 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
12182 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
12183 // function. - end note ]
12184 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
12185 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
12186 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
12189 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
12190 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
12191 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12192 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
12193 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12194 << Var->getDeclName();
12199 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
12200 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12201 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
12202 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
12203 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
12204 Var->getDeclName()))
12207 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
12208 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
12213 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
12214 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
12215 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12216 ExprResult Result = addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, Var,
12217 CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
12218 RefersToCapturedVariable);
12219 if (!Result.isInvalid())
12220 CopyExpr = Result.get();
12223 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
12225 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12227 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
12228 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
12229 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
12230 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression’s
12231 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
12232 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12233 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
12234 DeclRefType.addConst();
12237 // Add the capture.
12238 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12239 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
12240 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, CopyExpr);
12245 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc,
12246 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
12247 bool BuildAndDiagnose,
12248 QualType &CaptureType,
12249 QualType &DeclRefType,
12250 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
12251 bool Nested = Var->isInitCapture();
12253 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12254 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
12255 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
12256 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
12257 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
12258 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
12259 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
12260 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
12261 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
12267 // If the variable is declared in the current context (and is not an
12268 // init-capture), there is no need to capture it.
12269 if (!Nested && Var->getDeclContext() == DC) return true;
12271 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
12273 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
12274 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedVar(Var)))
12277 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
12278 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
12279 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
12280 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
12281 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
12282 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
12283 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
12285 CaptureType = Var->getType();
12286 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12287 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
12288 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
12290 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
12291 // capture; other scopes don't work.
12292 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
12296 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
12297 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
12298 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
12301 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
12307 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
12308 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
12311 // Check whether we've already captured it.
12312 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
12315 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
12316 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
12317 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
12319 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
12320 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12321 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
12322 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
12323 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
12324 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12325 << Var->getDeclName();
12326 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
12328 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
12332 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
12333 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
12334 // so check for eligibility.
12335 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
12338 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
12339 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12340 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
12342 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
12343 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
12344 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
12346 const Type *Ty = QTy.getTypePtr();
12347 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
12348 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
12349 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
12350 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
12351 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
12352 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
12353 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
12356 // These types are never variably-modified.
12357 case Type::Builtin:
12358 case Type::Complex:
12360 case Type::ExtVector:
12363 case Type::Elaborated:
12364 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
12365 case Type::ObjCObject:
12366 case Type::ObjCInterface:
12367 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
12368 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
12369 case Type::Adjusted:
12370 QTy = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
12372 case Type::Decayed:
12373 QTy = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12375 case Type::Pointer:
12376 QTy = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12378 case Type::BlockPointer:
12379 QTy = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12381 case Type::LValueReference:
12382 case Type::RValueReference:
12383 QTy = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12385 case Type::MemberPointer:
12386 QTy = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12388 case Type::ConstantArray:
12389 case Type::IncompleteArray:
12390 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
12391 QTy = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
12393 case Type::VariableArray: {
12394 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
12395 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
12397 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
12398 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
12399 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
12400 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
12401 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
12402 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12403 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
12404 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12405 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
12408 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
12409 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
12410 // Build the non-static data member.
12411 auto Field = FieldDecl::Create(
12412 Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
12413 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
12414 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
12415 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
12416 Field->setImplicit(true);
12417 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
12418 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
12419 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
12421 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
12425 QTy = VAT->getElementType();
12428 case Type::FunctionProto:
12429 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
12430 QTy = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
12434 case Type::UnaryTransform:
12435 case Type::Attributed:
12436 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
12437 case Type::PackExpansion:
12438 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
12439 QTy = QTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(getASTContext());
12441 case Type::Typedef:
12442 QTy = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
12444 case Type::Decltype:
12445 QTy = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
12448 QTy = cast<AutoType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
12450 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
12451 QTy = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
12454 QTy = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
12457 } while (!QTy.isNull() && QTy->isVariablyModifiedType());
12460 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
12461 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
12462 // so cannot capture this variable.
12463 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12464 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
12465 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12466 << Var->getDeclName();
12467 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
12468 diag::note_lambda_decl);
12469 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
12470 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
12471 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
12472 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
12473 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
12474 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
12475 // explicitly. Suggestion:
12476 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
12477 // at the function head
12478 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
12479 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
12484 FunctionScopesIndex--;
12487 } while (!Var->getDeclContext()->Equals(DC));
12489 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
12490 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
12491 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
12492 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
12493 // at the lambda nested within that one.
12494 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
12496 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
12498 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12499 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12500 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12501 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
12504 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12505 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12506 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12507 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
12511 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
12512 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12513 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12514 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
12515 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
12523 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
12524 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
12525 QualType CaptureType;
12526 QualType DeclRefType;
12527 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
12528 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
12529 DeclRefType, nullptr);
12532 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
12533 QualType CaptureType;
12534 QualType DeclRefType;
12535 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
12536 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
12537 DeclRefType, nullptr);
12540 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
12541 QualType CaptureType;
12542 QualType DeclRefType;
12544 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
12545 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
12546 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
12547 DeclRefType, nullptr))
12550 return DeclRefType;
12555 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
12556 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
12557 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
12558 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
12559 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
12560 ASTContext &Context) {
12562 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
12564 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
12565 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
12568 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
12569 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
12570 if (Init->isValueDependent())
12572 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
12576 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
12577 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
12578 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
12579 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
12580 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
12581 // conversion part.
12582 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
12584 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
12585 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
12586 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
12588 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
12589 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
12590 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
12591 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
12592 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
12593 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
12594 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
12596 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
12597 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
12601 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
12602 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
12604 if (!Res.isUsable())
12607 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
12608 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
12609 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
12610 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
12611 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
12615 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
12616 for (llvm::SmallPtrSetIterator<Expr*> i = MaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
12617 e = MaybeODRUseExprs.end();
12620 SourceLocation Loc;
12621 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(*i)) {
12622 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12623 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
12624 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(*i)) {
12625 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
12626 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
12628 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
12631 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
12632 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
12635 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
12639 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
12640 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
12641 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
12642 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
12643 Var->setReferenced();
12645 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
12646 bool MarkODRUsed = true;
12648 // If the context is not potentially evaluated, this is not an odr-use and
12649 // does not trigger instantiation.
12650 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef)) {
12651 if (SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
12654 // If we don't yet know whether this context is going to end up being an
12655 // evaluated context, and we're referencing a variable from an enclosing
12656 // scope, add a potential capture.
12658 // FIXME: Is this necessary? These contexts are only used for default
12659 // arguments, where local variables can't be used.
12660 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
12661 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
12662 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
12663 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
12664 if (LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = SemaRef.getCurLambda()) {
12665 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
12666 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
12667 // lvalue-to-rvalue
12668 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
12669 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
12670 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
12671 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
12672 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
12673 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
12674 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
12675 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
12676 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
12680 if (!isTemplateInstantiation(TSK))
12683 // Instantiate, but do not mark as odr-used, variable templates.
12684 MarkODRUsed = false;
12687 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
12688 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
12689 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
12690 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
12692 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
12693 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
12694 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
12695 // in a constant expression.
12696 if (isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
12697 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
12699 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
12700 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
12701 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
12702 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
12703 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
12704 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
12705 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
12706 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
12707 TryInstantiating = false;
12710 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
12711 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
12713 if (TryInstantiating) {
12714 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
12715 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
12716 bool IsNonDependent =
12717 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
12718 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
12721 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
12722 if (IsNonDependent) {
12723 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
12724 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
12725 // constant expression.
12726 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
12728 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
12729 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
12735 if(!MarkODRUsed) return;
12737 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
12738 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
12739 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
12740 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
12741 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
12742 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
12743 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
12744 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
12745 if (E && IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
12746 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
12747 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
12748 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
12749 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
12751 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
12752 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
12755 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
12756 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
12757 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
12758 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
12759 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
12762 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
12763 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool OdrUse) {
12764 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
12765 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
12769 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, OdrUse);
12771 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
12772 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
12773 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
12776 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
12779 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
12780 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && !ME->hasQualifier();
12781 if (!IsVirtualCall)
12783 const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
12784 const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
12785 if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
12787 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
12788 if (!DM || DM->isPure())
12790 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, OdrUse);
12793 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
12794 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12795 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
12796 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
12797 // if it's a qualified reference.
12798 bool OdrUse = true;
12799 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
12800 if (Method->isVirtual())
12802 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
12805 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
12806 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
12807 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
12808 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
12809 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
12810 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
12811 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
12812 // name is not explicitly qualified.
12813 bool OdrUse = true;
12814 if (!E->hasQualifier()) {
12815 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
12816 if (Method->isPure())
12819 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
12820 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
12821 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, OdrUse);
12824 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
12825 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
12826 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
12827 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
12828 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse) {
12830 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
12831 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
12835 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
12836 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, OdrUse);
12839 D->setReferenced();
12843 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
12844 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
12845 // of when we're entering
12846 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
12848 SourceLocation Loc;
12851 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
12853 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
12855 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
12856 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
12860 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
12861 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
12862 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
12863 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
12864 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
12867 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
12870 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
12871 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
12872 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
12873 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
12874 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
12880 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
12881 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
12882 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
12886 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
12887 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
12888 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
12890 bool SkipLocalVariables;
12893 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
12895 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
12896 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
12898 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12899 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
12900 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
12901 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
12902 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
12906 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
12909 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
12910 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
12911 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
12914 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
12915 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
12916 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
12917 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
12920 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
12921 if (E->getOperatorNew())
12922 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
12923 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
12924 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
12925 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
12928 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
12929 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
12930 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
12931 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
12932 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12933 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
12934 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
12935 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
12938 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
12941 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
12942 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
12943 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
12946 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
12947 Visit(E->getExpr());
12950 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
12951 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
12953 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
12954 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
12959 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
12960 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
12962 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
12964 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
12965 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
12966 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
12969 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
12970 /// of the program being compiled.
12972 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
12973 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
12974 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
12975 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
12976 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
12977 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
12978 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
12981 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
12982 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
12983 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
12984 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
12985 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
12986 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
12987 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
12989 case UnevaluatedAbstract:
12990 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
12993 case ConstantEvaluated:
12994 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
12997 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
12998 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
12999 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
13000 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
13001 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
13012 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
13013 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
13014 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
13017 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
13018 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
13019 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
13020 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
13024 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
13029 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
13030 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
13032 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13034 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
13035 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
13039 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
13040 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
13041 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13042 << FD->getDeclName();
13044 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
13046 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
13052 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
13053 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
13054 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
13055 SourceLocation Loc;
13057 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
13058 bool IsOrAssign = false;
13060 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
13061 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
13064 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
13066 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
13067 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
13068 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
13069 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
13071 // self = [<foo> init...]
13072 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
13073 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
13075 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
13076 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
13077 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
13080 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
13081 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
13082 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
13085 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
13086 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
13087 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
13088 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
13090 // Not an assignment.
13094 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
13096 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
13097 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
13098 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
13099 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
13100 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
13103 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
13104 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
13106 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
13107 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
13110 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
13111 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
13112 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
13113 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
13114 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
13115 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
13117 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
13118 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
13121 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
13123 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
13124 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
13125 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
13126 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
13127 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
13129 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
13130 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
13131 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
13132 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
13133 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
13134 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
13135 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
13139 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
13140 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
13141 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
13142 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
13144 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
13145 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13148 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
13149 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13150 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4
13152 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
13153 if (ERes.isInvalid())
13154 return ExprError();
13157 QualType T = E->getType();
13158 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
13159 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
13160 << T << E->getSourceRange();
13161 return ExprError();
13163 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
13169 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
13172 return ExprError();
13174 return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc);
13178 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
13179 /// to have an appropriate type.
13180 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
13181 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
13185 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
13187 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
13188 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
13191 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
13192 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
13193 << E->getSourceRange();
13194 return ExprError();
13197 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
13198 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
13199 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
13200 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13201 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13203 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13204 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13205 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
13206 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
13207 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13211 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
13212 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13215 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
13216 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13219 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
13220 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13221 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13223 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13224 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13225 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
13226 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13227 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13231 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
13232 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
13234 E->setType(VD->getType());
13236 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13237 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13238 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
13239 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
13240 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
13245 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
13246 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
13249 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13250 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
13255 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
13256 /// to have a function type.
13257 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
13258 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
13259 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13260 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
13264 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
13265 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
13266 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
13267 /// structure is not a goal.
13268 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
13269 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
13273 /// The current destination type.
13276 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
13277 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
13279 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
13280 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
13283 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
13284 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
13285 << E->getSourceRange();
13286 return ExprError();
13289 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
13290 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
13292 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
13293 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
13294 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
13295 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13296 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13297 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13298 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13299 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
13300 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
13301 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13305 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
13306 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13309 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
13310 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13313 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
13314 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
13316 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
13317 << E->getSourceRange();
13318 return ExprError();
13320 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13321 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13322 E->setType(DestType);
13324 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
13325 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
13326 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13327 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13328 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
13332 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
13334 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
13336 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
13337 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
13340 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13341 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
13346 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
13347 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
13348 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
13352 FK_FunctionPointer,
13357 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
13358 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
13359 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
13360 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
13361 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
13362 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13363 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
13364 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
13366 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
13367 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
13369 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
13371 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
13372 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
13373 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
13374 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
13375 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
13377 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
13378 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
13379 return ExprError();
13382 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
13383 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
13384 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
13385 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13387 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
13388 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
13390 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
13391 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
13393 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
13394 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
13395 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
13396 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
13397 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
13398 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
13399 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
13400 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
13401 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
13402 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
13403 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
13404 // types to match the types of the arguments.
13406 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
13407 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
13409 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
13410 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
13411 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
13412 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
13413 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
13414 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
13415 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
13416 if (E->isLValue()) {
13417 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
13418 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
13419 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
13421 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
13423 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
13425 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
13426 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
13428 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
13429 FnType->getExtInfo());
13432 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
13434 case FK_MemberFunction:
13438 case FK_FunctionPointer:
13439 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
13442 case FK_BlockPointer:
13443 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
13447 // Finally, we can recurse.
13448 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
13449 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13450 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
13452 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
13453 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
13456 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
13457 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
13458 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
13459 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
13460 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
13461 return ExprError();
13464 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
13465 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
13466 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
13467 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
13470 // Change the type of the message.
13471 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
13472 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
13474 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
13477 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
13478 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
13479 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
13480 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13481 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13483 E->setType(DestType);
13485 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
13486 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
13488 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13489 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13491 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
13493 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
13494 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13495 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13497 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
13499 E->setType(DestType);
13501 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
13502 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
13504 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13505 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13507 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
13510 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
13514 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
13515 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
13516 QualType Type = DestType;
13518 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
13521 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
13522 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13523 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
13524 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
13525 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13526 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
13527 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
13530 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
13531 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
13532 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
13533 return ExprError();
13535 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
13536 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
13537 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
13538 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
13539 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
13540 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
13541 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
13542 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
13543 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
13544 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
13545 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
13546 FD->getDeclContext(),
13547 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
13548 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
13549 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
13550 FD->hasPrototype(),
13551 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
13553 if (FD->getQualifier())
13554 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
13556 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
13557 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
13558 ParmVarDecl *Param =
13559 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
13560 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
13561 Params.push_back(Param);
13563 NewFD->setParams(Params);
13564 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
13565 VD = DRE->getDecl();
13569 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13570 if (MD->isInstance()) {
13571 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
13572 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
13575 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
13576 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13577 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
13580 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
13581 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
13582 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
13583 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
13584 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
13585 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
13586 return ExprError();
13591 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
13592 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
13593 return ExprError();
13596 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
13597 // also really dangerous.
13598 VD->setType(DestType);
13600 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
13604 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
13605 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
13606 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
13607 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
13608 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
13609 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
13610 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
13611 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13613 CastExpr = result.get();
13614 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
13615 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
13620 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
13621 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
13624 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
13625 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
13626 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
13627 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
13628 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
13630 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
13631 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13632 paramType = result.get()->getType();
13636 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
13637 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
13638 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
13640 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
13641 InitializedEntity entity =
13642 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
13643 /*consumed*/ false);
13644 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
13647 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
13649 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
13651 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13652 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
13653 E = call->getCallee();
13654 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
13660 SourceLocation loc;
13662 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
13663 loc = ref->getLocation();
13664 d = ref->getDecl();
13665 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
13666 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
13667 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
13668 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
13669 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
13670 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
13671 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
13673 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
13674 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
13675 << orig->getSourceRange();
13676 return ExprError();
13679 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
13680 << E->getSourceRange();
13681 return ExprError();
13684 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
13686 // Never recoverable.
13687 return ExprError();
13690 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
13691 /// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
13692 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
13693 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13694 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
13695 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
13696 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
13697 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
13698 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13702 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
13703 if (!placeholderType) return E;
13705 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
13707 // Overloaded expressions.
13708 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
13709 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
13710 // This is obligatory.
13711 ExprResult result = E;
13712 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) {
13715 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
13717 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
13718 /*complain*/ true);
13723 // Bound member functions.
13724 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
13725 ExprResult result = E;
13726 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function),
13727 /*complain*/ true);
13731 // ARC unbridged casts.
13732 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
13733 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
13734 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
13738 // Expressions of unknown type.
13739 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
13740 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
13743 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
13744 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
13746 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
13747 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
13748 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
13750 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13751 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
13752 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
13753 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
13754 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
13755 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
13759 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
13760 return ExprError();
13763 // Everything else should be impossible.
13764 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \
13765 case BuiltinType::Id:
13766 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
13767 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
13771 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
13774 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
13775 if (E->isTypeDependent())
13777 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
13778 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
13782 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
13784 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
13785 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
13786 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
13787 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
13788 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
13789 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
13790 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
13791 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
13792 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
13793 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
13794 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
13797 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
13798 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
13799 return new (Context)
13800 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);